Document:

Purchase Agreement Number 3860

 CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND
FILED 
 SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 24B-2 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. 

OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS. 

Exhibit 10.6 
 PURCHASE AGREEMENT NUMBER 3860 
 between 

THE BOEING COMPANY 
 and 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 

Relating to Boeing Model 787 Aircraft 
 BOEING / UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	PA_Articles	  	Rev.: 08/27/2004

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

									
		
	 ARTICLES
	  	
				
		  	 	1.	  	  	Quantity, Model and Description	  	
				
		  	 	2.	  	  	Delivery Schedule	  	
				
		  	 	3.	  	  	Price	  	
				
		  	 	4.	  	  	Payment	  	
				
		  	 	5.	  	  	Additional Terms	  	
		
	 TABLE
	  	
				
		  	 	1.	  	  	Aircraft Information Table	  	
		
	 EXHIBIT
	  	
				
		  	 	A1.	  	  	787-8 Aircraft Configuration	  	
				
		  	 	A2.	  	  	787-9 Aircraft Configuration	  	
				
		  	 	B.	  	  	Aircraft Delivery Requirements and Responsibilities	  	
		
	 SUPPLEMENTAL EXHIBITS
	  	
				
		  	 	AE1.	  	  	Escalation Adjustment/Airframe and Optional Features	  	
				
		  	 	BFE1.	  	  	Buyer Furnished Equipment Variables	  	
				
		  	 	CS1.	  	  	Customer Support Document	  	
				
		  	 	EE1.	  	  	Engine Escalation/Engine Warranty ***	  	
				
		  	 	SLP1.	  	  	Service Life Policy Components	  	

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	i	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	LETTER AGREEMENTS	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209247	  	787 e-Enabling	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209264	  	Open Configuration Matters	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265	  	Option Aircraft	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	Spares Initial Provisioning	  	
			
	 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209410
	  	Special Matters Relating to COTS Software and End User License Agreements	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209411	  	Special Terms – Seats and In-flight Entertainment	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417	  	Model 787 Post Delivery Software and Data Loading	  	

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	ii	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	CONFIDENTIAL LETTER AGREEMENTS	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209236	  	Model Substitution	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412	  	Spare Parts Commitment	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413	  	Special Matters	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414	  	Other Special Matters	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209416	  	Promotional Support	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430	  	Performance Guarantees	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209455	  	***	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209429	  	***	  	
			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209618	  	Alternate Engine Selection	  	
			
	6-1162-ELP-0794	  	*** Program *** 	  	
			
	6-1162-ELP-0795	  	*** Program *** 	  	

  

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	iii	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 Purchase Agreement No. 3860 

between 
 The
Boeing Company 
 and 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
  

 
 This Purchase
Agreement No. 3860 dated as of September 27, 2012 between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to the purchase and sale of Model 787 aircraft together with all tables, exhibits,
supplemental exhibits, letter agreements and other attachments thereto, if any (Purchase Agreement), incorporates and amends the terms and conditions of the Aircraft General Terms Agreement dated as of February 19, 2010 between the
parties, identified as AGTA-UAL (AGTA). The Purchase Agreement *** supersedes purchase agreement no. 3427***. 
 Article 1. Quantity, Model,
Description and Inspection. 
 The aircraft to be delivered to Customer will be designated as Model 787-8 aircraft,
787-9 or 787-10 aircraft, as the case may be (the Aircraft). Boeing will manufacture and sell to Customer Aircraft conforming to the configuration described in Exhibit A in the quantities listed in Table 1 to this Purchase Agreement. ***
months prior to delivery of Customer’s first Aircraft, Boeing will provide Customer a Boeing document defining a customer inspection process appropriate to the 787 manufacturing process (787 Inspection Process) which will apply in lieu
of inspection processes traditionally applicable to other models of aircraft and will supersede the provisions of Article 5.2 of the AGTA. 

Article 2. Delivery Schedule. 
 The Aircraft will be delivered to Customer in accordance with the scheduled months of delivery of the Aircraft listed in the attached Table 1. Exhibit B describes certain responsibilities for both
Customer and Boeing in order to accomplish the delivery of the Aircraft. 
 Article 3. Price. 

3.1 Aircraft Basic Price. The Aircraft Basic Price is listed in Table 1 is subject to escalation dollars. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	1	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 3.2 Advance Payment Base Prices. The Advance Payment Base Prices listed in Table 1
were calculated utilizing the latest escalation factors available to Boeing on the date of this Purchase Agreement projected to the month of scheduled delivery. 
 Article 4. Payment. 
 4.1 Boeing acknowledges receipt of a deposit in the
amount shown in Table 1 for each Aircraft (Deposit). 
 4.2 The standard advance payment schedule for the Model 787
Aircraft requires Customer to make certain advance payments, expressed as a percentage of the Advance Payment Base Price of each Aircraft beginning with a payment of ***%, less the Deposit, on the date of signing of the Purchase Agreement for the
Aircraft. Additional advance payments for each Aircraft are due as specified in and on the first business day of the months listed in the attached Table 1. 
 4.3 For any Aircraft whose scheduled month of delivery is less than *** months from the date of this Purchase Agreement, the total amount of advance payments due for payment upon signing of this Purchase
Agreement will include all advance payments which are past due in accordance with the standard advance payment schedule set forth in paragraph 4.2 above. 
 4.4 Customer will pay the balance of the Aircraft Price of each Aircraft at delivery. The Aircraft Price for each Aircraft will be re-calculated at the time that Aircraft is delivered using the then
available escalation factors for the month when that Aircraft is delivered to calculate the Escalation Adjustment as defined in Supplemental Exhibit AE1. 
 Article 5. Additional Terms. 
 5.1 Excusable Delay. Article 7.1 of
the basic articles of the AGTA in so far as it applies to the Aircraft only is revised to read as follows: 
 7.1
General. Boeing will not be liable for any delay in the scheduled delivery month of an aircraft or other performance under a purchase agreement caused by (i) acts of God; (ii) war or armed hostilities; (iii) government acts or
priorities; (iv) fires, floods, or earthquakes; (v) strikes or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work; (vi) *** (vii) inability, after due and timely diligence, to obtain type certification; or
(viii) any other cause to the extent such cause is beyond Boeing’s control and not occasioned by Boeing’s fault or negligence. A delay resulting from any such cause is defined as an Excusable Delay. 

 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	2	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 5.2 Aircraft Information Table. Table 1 consolidates information contained in
Articles 1, 2, 3 and 4 with respect to (i) quantity of Aircraft, (ii) applicable Detail Specification for the Aircraft, (iii) month and year of scheduled deliveries of the Aircraft, (iv) Aircraft Basic Price, (v) escalation
factors applicable to the Aircraft and (vi) Advance Payment Base Prices and advance payments applicable to the Aircraft and their schedules. 
 5.3 Escalation Adjustment/Airframe and Optional Features. Supplemental Exhibit AE1 contains the applicable airframe and optional features escalation formula for the Aircraft. 

5.4 Buyer Furnished Equipment Variables. Supplemental Exhibit BFE1 contains vendor selection dates and other variables applicable
to the Aircraft. 
 5.5 Customer Support Variables. Information, training, services and other things furnished by Boeing
in support of introduction of the Aircraft into Customer’s fleet are described in Supplemental Exhibit CS1. Supplemental Exhibit CS1 supersedes in its entirety Exhibit B to the AGTA with respect to the Aircraft but not with respect to any other
aircraft. 
 5.6 Engine Escalation Variables. Supplemental Exhibit EE1 contains the applicable engine escalation formula,
the engine warranty *** indemnity for the Aircraft. 
 5.7 Service Life Policy Component Variables. Supplemental Exhibit
SLP1 lists the airframe and landing gear components covered by the Service Life Policy for the Aircraft (Covered Components). 
 5.8 Public Announcement. Boeing reserves the right to make a public announcement regarding Customer’s purchase of the Aircraft upon approval of Boeing’s press release by Customer’s
public relations department or other authorized representative. 
 5.9 Negotiated Agreement; Entire Agreement. This
Purchase Agreement, including the provisions of Article 8.2 of the AGTA relating to insurance, and Article 12 of Part 2 of Exhibit C of the AGTA relating to DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE and EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND OTHER DAMAGES, has
been the subject of discussion and negotiation and is understood by the parties; the Aircraft Price and other agreements of the parties stated in this Purchase Agreement were arrived at in consideration of such provisions. This Purchase Agreement,
including the AGTA, contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous proposals, understandings, commitments or representations whatsoever, oral or written, and may be changed only in writing signed by authorized
representatives of the parties. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	3	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 DATED AS OF September    , 2012 

 

					
	THE BOEING COMPANY	 		 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
			
	 /s/ ***
	 		 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Signature	 		 	Signature
			
	 ***
	 		 	 Gerald Laderman

	Printed name	 		 	Printed name
			
	Attorney-in-Fact	 		 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer
	Title	 		 	Title

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Articles	 	4	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 Table 1—General Electric Engines 

Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Aircraft Delivery, Description, Price and Advance Payments 

(787-8/GE/***) 
  

																	
	Airframe Model/MTOW:	  	787-8	  	 	*** pounds	  	  	Detail Specification:	  		  	***	  			
	Engine Model/Thrust:	  	GENX-1***	  	 	*** pounds	  	  	Airframe Price Base Year/Escalation Formula:	  	***	  		  	 	***	  
	Airframe Price:	  		  	$	 ***	  	  	Engine Price Base Year/Escalation Formula:	  	***	  		  	 	***	  
	Optional Features:	  		  	$	***	  	  		  		  		  			
		  		  	  
	  
	 	  		  		  		  			
	Sub-Total of Airframe and Features:	  		  	$	***	  	  	Airframe Escalation Data:	  		  		  			
	Engine Price (Per Aircraft):	  		  	$	***	  	  	Base Year Index (ECI):	  		  	***	  			
	Aircraft Basic Price (Excluding BFE/SPE):	  		  	$	***	  	  	Base Year Index (CPI):	  		  	***	  			
		  		  	  
	  
	 	  		  		  		  			
	Buyer Furnished Equipment (BFE) Estimate:	  		  	$	***	  	  	Engine Escalation Data:	  		  		  			
	Seller Purchased Equipment (SPE) Estimate:	  		  	$	***	  	  	Base Year Index (ECI):	  		  	***	  			
		  		  				  	Base Year Index (CPI):	  		  	***	  			

  

																																					
	 Delivery
 Date
	  	Number of
Aircraft	 	  	Escalation
Factor
(Airframe)	 	  	Escalation
Factor
(Engine)	 	  	Serial
Number	 	  	Escalation Estimate Adv
Payment Base Price 
Per
A/P	 	  	Advance Payment Per Aircraft
(Amts.
Due/Mos. Prior to
Delivery):	 
	  	  	  	  	  	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  

  
 Boeing /
United Continental Holdings, Inc. Proprietary 

  

			
		  	Page 1

 Table 1—General Electric Engines 

Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Aircraft Delivery, Description, Price and Advance Payments 

(787-8/GE/***) 
  

																																					
	 Delivery
 Date
	  	Number of
Aircraft	 	  	Escalation
Factor
(Airframe)	 	  	Escalation
Factor
(Engine)	 	  	Serial
Number	 	  	Escalation Estimate Adv
Payment Base Price 
Per
A/P	 	  	Advance Payment Per Aircraft
(Amts.
Due/Mos. Prior to
Delivery):	 
	  	  	  	  	  	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  

  
 Boeing /
United Continental Holdings, Inc. Proprietary 

  

			
		  	Page 2

 Table 1—Rolls Royce Engines 

Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Aircraft Delivery, Description, Price and Advance Payments 

(787-8/RR/***) 
  

																					
	Airframe Model/MTOW:	  	787-8	 	 	*	** 	 	Detail Specification: ***	  		  		  		  		  		 	
										
	Engine Model/Thrust:	  	TRENT1000-***	 	 	*	** 	 	Airframe Price Base Year/Escalation Formula:	  		  		  		  		  	***	 	***
										
	Airframe Price:	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Engine Price Base Year/Escalation Formula:	  		  		  		  		  	***	 	***
										
	Optional Features:	  		 	$	*	** 	 		  		  		  		  		  		 	
										
	Sub-Total of Airframe and Features:	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Airframe Escalation Data:	  		  		  		  		  		 	
										
	Engine Price (Per Aircraft):	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Base Year Index (ECI):	  		  		  		  		  		 	***
										
	Aircraft Basic Price (Excluding BFE/SPE):	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Base Year Index (CPI):	  		  		  		  		  		 	***
										
	Buyer Furnished Equipment (BFE) Estimate:	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Engine Escalation Data:	  		  		  		  		  		 	
										
	Seller Purchased Equipment (SPE) Estimate:	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Base Year Index (ECI):	  		  		  		  		  		 	***
										
	In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) Estimate:	  		 	$	*	** 	 	Base Year Index (CPI):	  		  		  		  		  		 	***
										
	Deposit per Aircraft:	  		 	$	*	** 	 		  		  		  		  		  		 	

  

																																					
	Delivery	  	Number
of	 	  	 Escalation
 Factor
	 	  	 Escalation
 Factor
	 	  	Serial	 	  	 Escalation Estimate

Adv Payment Base
	 	  	Advance Payment Per Aircraft
(Amts. Due/Mos. Prior to
Delivery):	 
	 Date
	  	Aircraft	 	  	(Airframe)	 	  	(Engine)	 	  	Number	 	  	Price Per A/P	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860 61269-1F.TXT	  	Page 1

 Table 1—Rolls Royce Engines 

Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Aircraft Delivery, Description, Price and Advance Payments 

(787-8/RR/***) 
  

																																					
	Delivery	  	Number
of	 	  	 Escalation
 Factor
	 	  	 Escalation
 Factor
	 	  	Serial	 	  	 Escalation Estimate

Adv Payment Base
	 	  	Advance Payment Per Aircraft
(Amts. Due/Mos. Prior to
Delivery):	 
	 Date
	  	Aircraft	 	  	(Airframe)	 	  	(Engine)	 	  	Number	 	  	Price Per A/P	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 Total: 25
	  				  				  				  				  				  				  				  				  			

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860 61269-1F.TXT	  	Page 2

 Exhibit A1 to 
 Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Page 1 
  
  
 AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

between 
 THE
BOEING COMPANY 
 and 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
 Exhibit A1 to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Exhibit_A	 	A1	  	

 AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

relating to 

BOEING MODEL 787 AIRCRAFT 
 The Detail Specification is Boeing document entitled Detail Specification *** revision ***, dated ***. Such Detail Specification will be comprised of those provisions of ***,
dated ***, as amended by addendum ***, dated ***, which are applicable to model 787-8 aircraft and as amended to incorporate the optional features listed below, including the effects on Manufacturer’s Empty Weight (MEW) and Operating Empty
Weight (OEW). Such Options are set forth in Boeing Customer Specified Option Selection Log and Option Data Pages, configuration file (***), dated ***. As soon as practicable, Boeing will make available to Customer the Detail Specification,
which will reflect such optional features. The Aircraft Basic Price reflects and includes all effects of such optional features, except such Aircraft Basic Price does not include the price effects of any Buyer Furnished Equipment. 

There is no additional processing fee added to the master change price for addition or deletion of catalog options within appropriate
lead times. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	PA_Exhibit_A	  	A1

 BOEING PROPRIETARY 

							
		
	 Exhibt A1 to

Purchase Agreement No. 2484
  
	  			
	 Optional Features

Item No.
	  	 Title
	  	Price Per
Aircraft 
2006$	 
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  

  

			
		  	Page 1

 BOEING PROPRIETARY  

 BOEING PROPRIETARY 
 Exhibit A1 to 
 Purchase Agreement No. 2484 

 

							
	 Optional Features

Item No.
	  	 Title
	  	Price Per
Aircraft 
2006$	 
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
			
		  	TOTAL OPTIONAL FEATURES	  	$	***	  

  

							
	 In Flight
Entertainment
Item No.
	  	 Title
	  	Price Per
Aircraft
Fixed$	 
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	***	  	$	***	  
			
		  	TOTAL IN FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT	  	$	***	  
			
		  	TOTAL EXHIBIT A1	  	$	***	  

  
 BOEING
PROPRIETARY 

  

			
		  	Page 2

 AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

between 
 THE
BOEING COMPANY 
 and 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
 Exhibit A2 to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	  		  	
	PA_Exhibit_A2	  	A2	  	Rev.: 10/3/07

 Exhibit A2 to 
 Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Page 2 
  
  
 AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

relating to 

BOEING MODEL 787-9 AIRCRAFT 

The Airframe Price in Table 1 was established utilizing the 787 Airplane Description and Selections *** Revision *** dated ***. The content of this
Exhibit A2 will be defined pursuant to the provisions of Letter Agreement UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209264, Open Configuration Matters – 787-9 Aircraft, to the Purchase Agreement. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Exhibit_A2	 	A2-1	  	Rev.: 10/3/07

 AIRCRAFT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

between 
 THE
BOEING COMPANY 
 And 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
 Exhibit B to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	  		  	
	PA_Exhibit_B	  	B	  	 Rev.: 07/20/12

 Exhibit B to 
 Purchase Agreemnt No. 3860 
 Page 1 
  
  
 AIRCRAFT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS AND
RESPONSIBILITIES 
 relating to 
 BOEING MODEL 787 AIRCRAFT 
 Both Boeing and Customer have certain documentation and approval
responsibilities at various times during the construction cycle of Customer’s Aircraft that are critical to making the delivery of each Aircraft a positive experience for both parties. This Exhibit B documents those responsibilities and
indicates recommended completion deadlines for the actions to be accomplished. If Customer *** to *** any *** for an Aircraft, such *** the Purchase Agreement provided that Customer *** Boeing to *** a *** that will *** Boeing’s manufacturing
operations *** in delivery of the affected Aircraft. 
 1. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS. 

Certain actions are required to be taken by Customer in advance of the scheduled delivery month of each Aircraft with respect to obtaining certain
government issued documentation. 
 1.1 Airworthiness and Registration Documents. 

Not later than *** months prior to delivery of each Aircraft, Customer will notify Boeing of the registration number to be painted on the
side of the Aircraft. In addition, and not later than *** months prior to delivery of each Aircraft, Customer will, by letter to the regulatory authority having jurisdiction, authorize the temporary use of such registration numbers by Boeing during
the pre-delivery testing of the Aircraft. 
 Customer is responsible for furnishing any Temporary or Permanent Registration Certificates
required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to be displayed aboard the Aircraft after delivery. 
 1.2
Certificate of Sanitary Construction. 
 1.2.1 U.S. Registered Aircraft. Boeing will obtain from the United States
Public Health Service, a United States Certificate of Sanitary Construction to be displayed aboard each Aircraft after delivery to Customer. 
 1.2.2 Non-U.S. Registered Aircraft. If, for any non-U.S. registered Aircraft, Customer requires a United States Certificate of Sanitary Construction at the time of delivery of the Aircraft,
Customer will give written notice 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Exhibit_B	 	B-1	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 Exhibit B to 
 Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Page 2 
  
 
thereof to Boeing at least *** months prior to delivery. Boeing will then use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the Certificate from the United States Public Health Service and present it to
Customer at the time of Aircraft delivery. 
 1.3 Customs Documentation. 

1.3.1 Import Documentation. If the Aircraft is intended to be exported from the United States, Customer must notify Boeing not
later than 3 months prior to delivery of each Aircraft of any documentation required by the customs authorities or by any other agency of the country of import. 
 1.3.2 General Declaration - U.S. If the Aircraft is intended to be exported from the United States, Boeing will prepare Customs Form 7507, General Declaration, for execution by U.S. Customs
immediately prior to the ferry flight of the Aircraft. For this purpose, Customer will furnish to Boeing not later than *** days prior to delivery all information required by U.S. Customs or U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service, including
without limitation (i) a complete crew and passenger list identifying the names, birth dates, passport numbers and passport expiration dates of all crew and passengers and (ii) a complete ferry flight itinerary, including point of exit
from the United States for the Aircraft. 
 If Customer intends, during the ferry flight of an Aircraft, to land at a U.S. airport after
clearing Customs at delivery, Customer must notify Boeing not later than *** days prior to delivery of such intention. If Boeing receives such notification, Boeing will provide to Customer the documents constituting a Customs permit to proceed,
allowing such Aircraft to depart after any such landing. Sufficient copies of completed Form 7507, along with passenger manifest, will be furnished to Customer to cover U.S. stops scheduled for the ferry flight. 

1.3.3 Export Declaration - U.S. If the Aircraft is intended to be exported from the United States, Boeing will prepare
Form 7525V and, immediately prior to the ferry flight, will submit such Form to U.S. Customs in Seattle in order to obtain clearance for the departure of the Aircraft, including any cargo, from the United States. U.S. Customs will deliver the
Export Declaration to the U.S. Department of Commerce after export. 
 2. INSURANCE CERTIFICATES. 

Unless provided earlier, Customer will provide to Boeing not later than *** days prior to delivery of the first Aircraft, a copy of the
requisite annual insurance certificate in accordance with the requirements of Article 8 of the AGTA. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Exhibit_B	 	B-2	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 Exhibit B to 
 Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Page 3 
  
 3. NOTICE OF FLYAWAY CONFIGURATION. 

Not later than *** days prior to delivery of the Aircraft, Customer will provide to Boeing a configuration letter stating the requested
“flyaway configuration” of the Aircraft for its ferry flight. This configuration letter should include: 
 (i) the name of the company which is to furnish fuel for the ferry flight and any scheduled post-delivery flight training, the method of payment for such fuel, and fuel load for the ferry flight;

 (ii) the cargo to be loaded and where it is to be stowed on board the Aircraft, the address where cargo is to
be shipped after flyaway and notification of any hazardous materials requiring special handling; 
 (iii) any BFE
equipment to be removed prior to flyaway and returned to Boeing BFE stores for installation on Customer’s subsequent Aircraft; 
 (iv) a complete list of names and citizenship of each crew member and non-revenue passenger who will be aboard the ferry flight; and 

(v) a complete ferry flight itinerary. 
 4. DELIVERY ACTIONS BY BOEING. 
 4.1 Schedule of Inspections. All
inspections of the Aircraft by FAA, Boeing, Customer and, if required, U.S. Customs Bureau will be scheduled by Boeing for completion prior to delivery or departure of the Aircraft. Boeing will inform Customer of such schedules. 

4.2 Schedule of Demonstration Flights. All FAA and Customer demonstration flights will be scheduled by Boeing for completion prior
to delivery of the Aircraft. 
 4.3 Schedule for Customer’s Flight Crew. Boeing will inform Customer of the date that
a flight crew is required for acceptance routines associated with delivery of the Aircraft. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Exhibit_B	 	B-3	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 Exhibit B to 
 Purchase Agreement No. 3860 
 Page 4 
  
 4.4 Fuel Provided by Boeing. Boeing will provide to Customer, without charge, the amount of fuel shown
in U.S. gallons in the table below for the model of Aircraft being delivered and full capacity of engine oil at the time of delivery or prior to the ferry flight of the Aircraft. 

 

			
	 Aircraft Model
	  	 Fuel Provided

	 787
	  	***

 4.5 Flight Crew and Passenger Consumables. Boeing will provide reasonable quantities of food,
trash bags in the galleys, coat hangers, towels, toilet tissue, drinking cups and soap for the first segment of the ferry flight for the Aircraft. 
 4.6 Delivery Papers, Documents and Data. Boeing will have available at the time of delivery of the Aircraft certain delivery papers, documents and data for execution and delivery. Prior to
ticketing the Aircraft, Customer will provide Company Aircraft Maintenance Logs for Boeing Airworthiness Release stamp and/or signature, and after delivery but prior to Aircraft departure, load software as required by Customer per Letter Agreement
UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417 for ferry flight to destination. If title for the Aircraft will be transferred to Customer through a Boeing sales subsidiary and if the Aircraft will be registered with the FAA, Boeing will pre-position in Oklahoma City,
Oklahoma, for filing with the FAA at the time of delivery of the Aircraft an executed original Form 8050-2, Aircraft Bill of Sale, indicating transfer of title to the Aircraft from Boeing’s sales subsidiary to Customer. 

4.7 Delegation of Authority. If specifically requested in advance by Customer, Boeing will present a certified copy of a Resolution
of Boeing’s Board of Directors, designating and authorizing certain persons to act on its behalf in connection with delivery of the Aircraft. 
 5. DELIVERY ACTIONS BY CUSTOMER. 
 5.1 Aircraft Radio Station
License. At delivery of the Aircraft Customer will provide its Aircraft Radio Station License to be placed on board the Aircraft following delivery. 
 5.2. Aircraft Flight Log. At delivery of the Aircraft Customer will provide the Aircraft Flight Log for the Aircraft. 
 5.3 Delegation of Authority. Customer will present to Boeing at delivery of the Aircraft an original or certified copy of Customer’s Delegation of Authority designating and authorizing certain
persons to act on its behalf in connection with delivery of the specified Aircraft. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Exhibit_B	 	B-4	  	Rev.: 07/20/12

 ESCALATION ADJUSTMENT 

AIRFRAME AND OPTIONAL FEATURES 
 between 
 THE BOEING COMPANY 

and 
 UNITED AIR
LINES, INC. 
 Supplemental Exhibit AE1 to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	 PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_RRT1000_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004
	 	AE1	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

	1.	Formula 

 Airframe and
Optional Features price adjustments (Airframe Price Adjustment) are used to *** to be stated in *** at the signing of this Purchase Agreement and to *** to be *** at *** for the *** of ***. The Airframe Price Adjustment will be *** at the *** of
Aircraft delivery in accordance with the following formula: 
 *** 

Where: 
 ***

 *** 
 *** where *** is the *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement) 

*** 

*** where *** is the *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement) 

*** *** plus *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement). 

*** is a *** determined using the ***, calculated by establishing a *** arithmetic average value (expressed as a decimal and rounded to
the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the month of scheduled delivery of the applicable Aircraft. As the *** values are only released on a *** basis, the value released for the *** will be used for the ***; the value for *** used for ***;
the value for *** used for ***; and the value for *** used for ***. 
 *** is a *** determined using the ***, calculated as a ***
arithmetic average of the released monthly values (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** prior to the month of scheduled delivery of the applicable Aircraft. 

As an example, for an Aircraft scheduled to be delivered in the month of ***, the months *** of the *** will be utilized in determining
the value of *** and ***. 
  

	Note:	i. In determining the values of *** and ***, all calculations and resulting values will be expressed as a decimal rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_RRT1000_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004	 	AE1 - 1	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

 ii. *** is the numeric ratio attributed to *** in the Airframe Price Adjustment formula.

 iii. *** is the numeric ratio attributed to *** in the Airframe Price Adjustment formula. 

iv. The *** are the actual average values reported by the ***. The actual average values are calculated as a *** arithmetic average of the
released monthly values (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the airframe base year. The applicable base year and corresponding denominator is provided by Boeing in Table 1 of this Purchase
Agreement. 
 v. The final value of *** will be rounded to the nearest dollar. 

vi. The *** if it will *** in the ***. 
  

	2.	Values to be Used if *** Are Not Available. 

 2.1 If the *** substantially revises the methodology used for the determination of the values to be used to determine the *** and *** values (in contrast to benchmark adjustments or other corrections of
previously released values), or for any reason has not released values needed to determine the applicable Airframe Price Adjustment, the parties will, prior to the delivery of any such Aircraft, select a substitute from other *** or ***. Such
substitute will result in the same adjustment, insofar as possible, as would have been calculated utilizing the original values adjusted for fluctuation during the applicable time period. However, if within *** months after delivery of the Aircraft,
the *** should resume releasing values for the months needed to determine the Airframe Price Adjustment; *** will be used *** or *** in the *** for the *** from that *** at the *** of *** of ***. 

2.2 Notwithstanding Article 2.1 above, if prior to the scheduled delivery month of an Aircraft the *** changes the *** for determination
of the *** and *** values as defined above, such *** will be *** in the ***. 
 2.3 In the event escalation provisions are made
non-enforceable or otherwise rendered void by any agency of the United States Government, the parties agree, to the extent they may lawfully do so, to *** the *** of any *** to *** an *** for *** or *** with the *** of *** of this *** in *** and ***
since *** of the *** to the *** in the ***. 
 2.4 If within *** of Aircraft delivery, the published index values are revised
due to an acknowledged error by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Airframe Price Adjustment will be *** (this does not include those values noted as preliminary by 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	 PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_RRT1000_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004
	 	AE1 - 2	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

 the ***). A *** or *** will be issued *** for the period of original invoice to issuance *** or ***.

  

	Note:	i. The values released by the *** and available to Boeing *** prior to the first day of the scheduled delivery month of an Aircraft will be used to determine the ***
and *** values for the applicable months (including those noted as preliminary by the ***) to calculate the Airframe Price Adjustment for the Aircraft invoice at the time of delivery. The values will be considered final and *** will be made after
Aircraft delivery for any *** in ***, subject always to ***. 

 ii. The maximum number of digits to the right of
the decimal after rounding utilized in any part of the Airframe Price Adjustment equation will be 4, where rounding of the fourth digit will be increased to the next highest digit when the 5th digit is equal to 5 or greater. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	 PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_RRT1000_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004
	 	AE1 - 3	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

 BUYER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT VARIABLES 

between 
 THE
BOEING COMPANY 
 and 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
 Supplemental Exhibit BFE1 to Purchase Agreement Number
3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_BFE1	 	BFE1	  	Rev.: 10/22/04

 BUYER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT VARIABLES 

relating to 

787-8 AIRCRAFT 
 This
Supplemental Exhibit BFE1 contains vendor selection dates, on-dock dates and other variables applicable to the Aircraft. 
 1. Supplier
Selection. 
 Customer will: 
 1.1 Select and notify Boeing of the suppliers and part numbers of the following Buyer Furnished Equipment (BFE) items by the following dates: 

 

					
	(date to be determined, if BFE is applicable)	  		  	 

 2. On-dock Dates 
 On or before (date to be determined, if BFE is applicable), Boeing will provide to Customer a BFE Requirements On-Dock/Inventory Document (BFE Document) or an electronically transmitted BFE Report
which may be periodically revised, setting forth the items, quantities, on-dock dates and shipping instructions relating to the in-sequence installation of BFE. For planning purposes, a preliminary BFE on-dock schedule is set forth below:

  

					
	 Item
	  		  	
		  	          Preliminary On-Dock Dates
		  	[Month of Delivery:]
		  	Aircraft	  	Aircraft
	 (date to be determined, if BFE is applicable)
	  		  	

  

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	P.A_Supp_Ex_BFE1	 	BFE1-1	  	Rev.: 10/20/04

 787 CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOCUMENT 

between 
 THE BOEING COMPANY 
 and 

UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
 Supplemental Exhibit CS1 to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 
 This document
contains: 
  

	Part 1:	Boeing Maintenance and Flight Training Programs; Operations Engineering Support 

 

	Part 2:	Field Services and Engineering Support Services 

  

	Part 3:	Technical Information and Materials 

  

	Part 4:	Alleviation or Cessation of Performance 

  

	Part 5:	Protection of Proprietary Information and Proprietary Materials 

 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	CS1	  	 Rev.: 11/09/04

		 		  	

 787 CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOCUMENT 

PART 1: BOEING MAINTENANCE AND FLIGHT TRAINING 
 PROGRAMS; OPERATIONS ENGINEERING SUPPORT 
 1. Boeing Training Programs. 

Boeing will provide maintenance training, cabin attendant training, and flight training programs to support the introduction of the
Aircraft into service as provided in this Supplemental Exhibit CS1. 
 1.1 Customer is awarded *** points (Training
Points) ***. At any time before *** months after delivery of Customer’s last Aircraft (Training Program Period) Customer may exchange Training Points for any of the training courses described on Attachment A at the point values
described on Attachment A or for other training Boeing may identify at specified point values. At the end of the Training Program Period any *** will expire. For clarity, the Training Program Period is estimated to start no earlier than *** months
prior to Customer’s initial Aircraft deliveries. Actual start dates and schedules will be coordinated at the planning conference, which per Article 2.1 below is estimated to occur approximately *** months prior to Aircraft entry into service.

 1.2 In addition to the training provided in Article 1.1, Boeing will provide to Customer the following training and services:

 1.2.1 *** model specific instruction; *** classes of *** students; 

1.2.2 *** model specific instruction in Boeing’s regularly scheduled courses; schedules are published yearly. 

 

	 	1.2.3	Additional Flight Operations Services: 

  

	 	a.	Boeing flight crew personnel to assist in ferrying the first Aircraft to Customer’s main base; 

 

	 	b.	*** for *** Man Days (as defined in Article 5.4, below) for revenue service training assistance; 

 

	 	c.	An *** to visit Customer *** months after revenue service training to review Customer’s flight crew operations for a *** period. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04

 1-1 

 If any part of the training described in this Article 1.2 is not completed by Customer
within *** months after the delivery of the last Aircraft, Boeing will have no obligation to provide such training. 
 2. Training Schedule
and Curricula. 
 2.1 Customer and Boeing will together conduct planning conferences approximately *** months before the
scheduled delivery month of the first Aircraft of a model to define and schedule the *** training programs. At the conclusion of each planning conference the parties will document Customer’s course selection, training schedule, and, if
applicable, Training Point application and remaining Training Point balance. 
 2.2 Customer may also request training by
written notice to Boeing identifying desired courses, dates and locations. Within *** days of Boeing’s receipt of such request Boeing will provide written response to Customer confirming whether the requested courses are available at the times
and locations requested by Customer. 
 3. Location of Training. 

3.1 Boeing will conduct all training at any of its or its wholly-owned subsidiaries’ training facilities equipped for the model of
Aircraft. Customer shall decide on the location or mix of locations for training, subject to space being available in the desired courses at the selected training facility on the dates desired. 

3.2 If requested by Customer, Boeing will conduct the classroom portions of the maintenance and flight training (except for the
Performance Engineer training courses) at a mutually acceptable alternate training site, subject to the following conditions: 

3.2.1 Customer will provide acceptable classroom space, simulators (as necessary for flight training) and training equipment required to
present the courses; 
 3.2.2 Customer will pay Boeing’s portal to portal actual expenses for lodging, ground
transportation, laundry, baggage handling, communication costs and per diem meal charge for each Boeing instructor for each day, or fraction thereof, that the instructor is away from his home location, including travel time; 

3.2.3 Customer will provide, or will reimburse Boeing for the actual costs of round-trip transportation for Boeing’s instructors and
the shipping costs of training Materials (as defined in Part 3 paragraph 1 of this Supplemental Exhibit CS1), which must be shipped to the alternate training site; 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04

 1-2 

 3.2.4 Customer will be responsible for all taxes, fees, duties, licenses, permits and
similar expenses incurred by Boeing and its employees as a result of Boeing’s providing training at the alternate site or incurred as a result of Boeing providing revenue service training; and 

3.2.5 Those portions of training that require the use of training devices not available at the alternate site will be conducted at
Boeing’s facility or at some other alternate site. Customer will be responsible for additional expenses, if any, which result from the use of such alternate site. 
 4. Training Materials. 
 Boeing will provide training Materials for each
student (Training Materials). In addition, if requested by Customer, one complete set of Training Materials will be provided for use in Customer’s own training program. Training Materials may be used only for either (i) the individual
student’s reference during Boeing provided training and for review thereafter or (ii) Customer’s provision of training to individuals directly employed by the Customer. 
 5. Additional Terms and Conditions. 
 5.1 All training will reflect an
airplane configuration defined by (i) Boeing’s standard configuration specification for 787 aircraft, (ii) Boeing’s standard configuration specification for the minor model of 787 aircraft selected by Customer, and (iii) any
Optional Features selected by Customer from Boeing’s standard catalog of Optional Features. Upon Customer’s request, Boeing may provide training customized to reflect other elements of Customer’s Aircraft configuration subject to a
mutually acceptable price, schedule, scope of work and other applicable terms and conditions. 
 5.2 All training will be
provided in the English language. If translation is required, Customer will provide interpreters. 
 5.3 Customer will be
responsible for all expenses of Customer’s personnel except that in the Puget Sound region of Washington State Boeing will transport Customer’s personnel between their local lodgings and Boeing’s training facility. 

5.4 Boeing *** personnel will not be required to work more than *** days per week, or more than *** hours in any one 24-hour period (Man
Day), of which not more than *** hours per ***-hour workday will be spent in actual flying. These foregoing restrictions will not apply to ferry assistance or revenue service training services, which will be governed by FAA rules and regulations.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	1-3	  	

 5.5 Normal Line Maintenance is defined as line maintenance that Boeing might
reasonably be expected to furnish for flight crew training at Boeing’s facility, and will include ground support and Aircraft storage in the open, but will not include provision of spare parts. Boeing will provide Normal Line Maintenance
services for any Aircraft while the Aircraft is used for flight crew training at Boeing’s facility in accordance with the Boeing Maintenance Plan (Boeing document ***) and the Repair Station Operation and Inspection Manual (Boeing document
***). Customer will provide such services if *** training is conducted elsewhere. Regardless of the location of such training, Customer will be responsible for providing all maintenance items (other than those included in Normal Line Maintenance)
required during the training, including, but not limited to, fuel, oil, landing fees and spare parts. 
 5.6 If the training is
based at Boeing’s facility and the Aircraft is damaged during such training, *** will make all necessary repairs to the Aircraft as promptly as possible. *** will pay Boeing’s reasonable charge, including the price of parts and materials,
for making the repairs. If *** estimated labor charge for the repair exceeds ***, *** and *** will enter into an agreement for additional services before beginning the repair work. 

5.7 If the flight training is based at Boeing’s facility, several airports in the surrounding area may be used, at Boeing’s
option, which shall be identified by Boeing at the flight training planning conference. Unless otherwise agreed in the flight training planning conference, it will be Customer’s responsibility to make arrangements for the use of such airports.

 5.8 If Boeing agrees to make arrangements on behalf of Customer for the use of airports for flight training, Boeing will pay
on Customer’s behalf any landing fees charged by any airport used in conjunction with the flight training. At least *** days before flight training, Customer will provide Boeing an open purchase order against which Boeing will invoice Customer
for any landing fees Boeing paid on Customer’s behalf. The invoice will be submitted to Customer approximately *** days after flight training is completed, when all landing fee charges have been received and verified. Customer will pay the
invoiced amount to Boeing within *** days of the date of the invoice. 
 5.9 If requested by Boeing, in order to provide the
flight training or ferry flight assistance, Customer will make available to Boeing an Aircraft after delivery to familiarize Boeing instructor or ferry flight crew personnel with such Aircraft. If flight of the Aircraft is required for any Boeing
instructor or ferry flight crew member to maintain an FAA license for flight proficiency or landing currency, Boeing will be responsible for the costs of fuel, oil, landing fees and spare parts attributable to that portion of the flight. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	1-4	  	

 787 CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOCUMENT 

PART 2: FIELD AND ENGINEERING SUPPORT SERVICES 
 1. Field Service Representation. 
 Boeing will furnish field service
representation to advise Customer with respect to the maintenance and operation of the Aircraft (Field Service Representatives). 
 1.1 Field Service Representatives will be available at or near Customer’s main maintenance or engineering facility beginning before the scheduled delivery month of the first Aircraft and ending ***
months after delivery of the last Aircraft covered by a specific purchase agreement. 
 1.2 When a Field Service Representative
is positioned at Customer’s facility, Customer will provide, at no charge to Boeing, suitable furnished office space and office equipment, including internet capability for electronic access of data, at the location where Boeing is providing
Field Service Representatives. As required, Customer will assist each Field Service Representative with visas, work permits, customs, mail handling, identification passes and formal introduction to local airport authorities. 

1.3 Boeing’s Field Service Representatives are assigned to various airports and other locations around the world. Whenever
Customer’s Aircraft are operating through any such airport, the services of Boeing’s Field Service Representatives are available to Customer. 
 2. Engineering Support Services. 
 2.1 Boeing will, if requested by
Customer, provide technical advisory assistance from the Seattle area or at a base designated by Customer as appropriate for any Aircraft or Boeing Product (as defined in Part 1 of Exhibit C of the AGTA). Technical advisory assistance provided will
include: 
 2.1.1 Analysis of the information provided by Customer to determine the probable nature and cause of operational
problems and suggestion of possible solutions. 
 2.1.2 Analysis of the information provided by Customer to determine the nature
and cause of unsatisfactory schedule reliability and the suggestion of possible solutions. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	2-1	  	

 2.1.3 Analysis of the information provided by Customer to determine the nature and cause of
unsatisfactory maintenance costs and the suggestion of possible solutions. 
 2.1.4 Analysis and commentary on Customer’s
engineering releases relating to structural repairs not covered by Boeing’s Structural Repair Manual including those repairs requiring advanced composite structure design. 
 2.1.5 Analysis and commentary on Customer’s engineering proposals for changes in, or replacement of, systems, parts, accessories or equipment manufactured to Boeing’s detailed design. Boeing
will not analyze or comment on any major structural change unless Customer’s request for such analysis and comment includes complete detailed drawings, substantiating information (including any information required by applicable government
agencies), all stress or other appropriate analyses, and a specific statement from Customer of the substance of the review and the response requested. 
 2.1.6 *** evaluation of Customer’s technical facilities, tools and equipment for servicing and maintaining 787 aircraft, recommendation of changes where necessary and assistance in the formulation of
an initial maintenance plan for the introduction of the first Aircraft into service. 
 2.1.7 Assistance with the analysis and
preparation of performance data to be used in establishing operating practices and policies for Customer’s operation of Aircraft. 
 2.1.9 Assistance with interpretation of the minimum equipment list, the definition of the configuration deviation list and the analysis of individual Aircraft performance. 

2.1.9 Assistance with solving operational problems associated with delivery and route-proving flights. 

2.1.10 Information regarding significant service items relating to Aircraft performance or flight operations. 

2.1.11 Operations engineering support during the ferry flight of an Aircraft. 

2.1.12 Assistance in developing an Extended Twin Operations (ETOPs) plan for regulatory approval. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	2-2	  	

 2.2 Boeing will, if requested by Customer, perform work on an Aircraft after delivery but
prior to the initial departure flight or upon the return of the Aircraft to Boeing’s facility prior to completion of that flight. The following conditions will apply to Boeing’s performance: 

2.2.1 Boeing may rely upon the commitment authority of the Customer’s personnel requesting the work. 

2.2.2 As title and risk of loss has passed to Customer, the insurance provisions of Article 8.2 of the AGTA apply. 

2.2.3 The provisions of the Boeing Warranty in Part 2 of Exhibit C of the AGTA apply. 

2.2.4 Customer will pay Boeing for requested work not covered by the Boeing Warranty, if any. 

2.2.5 The DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE and EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND OTHER DAMAGES provisions in Article 11 of Part 2 and
Article 3.8 of Part 6 of Exhibit C of the AGTA apply. 
 2.3 Boeing may, at Customer’s request, provide services other than
those described in Articles 2.1 and 2.2 of this Supplemental Exhibit CS1 for an Aircraft after delivery, which may include, but not be limited to, retrofit kit changes (kits and/or information), training, flight services, maintenance and repair of
Aircraft (Additional Services). Such Additional Services will be subject to a mutually acceptable price, schedule, scope of work and other applicable terms and conditions. The DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE and the EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND OTHER
DAMAGES provisions in Article 11 of Part 2 of Exhibit C of the AGTA and the insurance provisions in Article 8.2 of the AGTA will apply to any such work. Title to and risk of loss of any such Aircraft will always remain with Customer. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	2-3	  	

 787 CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOCUMENT 

PART 3: TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND MATERIALS 
 1. General. 
 Materials are defined as any and all items that are
created by Boeing or a third party, which are provided directly or indirectly from Boeing and serve primarily to contain, convey or embody information. Materials may include either tangible embodiments (for example, documents or drawings), or
intangible embodiments (for example, software and other electronic forms) of information but excludes Aircraft Software. Aircraft Software is defined as software that is installed on and used in the operation of the Aircraft. 

Customer Information is defined as that data provided by Customer to Boeing which falls into one of the following categories:
(i) aircraft operational information (including, but not limited to, flight hours, departures, schedule reliability, engine hours, number of aircraft, aircraft registries, landings, and daily utilization and schedule interruptions for Boeing
model aircraft); (ii) summary and detailed shop findings data; (iii) aircraft readiness log data; (iv) non-conformance reports; (v) line maintenance data; (vi) airplane message data, (vii) scheduled maintenance data,
and (viii) service bulletin incorporation. 
 Upon execution by Customer of Boeing’s standard form Customer Services
General Terms Agreement and Supplemental Agreement for Electronic Access Boeing will provide to Customer through electronic access certain Materials to support the maintenance and operation of the Aircraft. Such Materials will, if applicable, be
prepared generally in accordance with Air Transport Association of America (ATA) iSpec 2200, entitled “Specification for Manufacturers” Technical Data.” Materials not covered by iSpec 2200 will be provided in a structure suitable for
the Material’s intended use. Materials will be in English and in the units of measure used by Boeing to manufacture an Aircraft. 
 2.
Materials Planning Conferences. 
 Customer and Boeing will conduct planning conferences approximately 12 months before
the scheduled delivery month of the first Aircraft in order to mutually determine (i) the Materials to be furnished to Customer in support of the Aircraft, (ii) the Customer Information to be furnished by Customer to Boeing, (iii) the
update cycles of the Materials to be furnished to Customer, (iv) the update cycles of the Customer Information to be furnished to Boeing, (v) any Customer preparations necessary for Customer’s transmittal of Customer Information to
Boeing, and (vi) any Customer preparations necessary for Customer’s electronic access to the Materials. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	3-1	  	

 3. Technical Data and Maintenance Information. 

Boeing will provide technical data and maintenance information equivalent to that traditionally provided in the following manuals and documents. The
format for this data and information is not yet determined in all cases. Whenever possible Boeing will provide such data and information through electronic access. 
  

	 	a)	Flight Operations Information. 

 Airplane Flight Manual 
 Operations Manual and Checklist 

Planning and Performance Manual 
 Weight and Balance Manual 
 Dispatch Deviation Procedures Guide and Master Minimum
Equipment List 
 Flight Crew Training Manual 
 Fault Reporting Manual 
 Performance Engineer’s Manual 

Jet Transport Performance Methods 
 FMC Supplemental Data Document 
 Operational Performance Software 

ETOPS Guide Vol. III 
 Flight Planning and Performance Manual 
  

	 	b)	Maintenance Information. 

Maintenance Manual 
 Wiring Diagram Manual 
 Systems Schematics Manual 

Structural Repair Manual 
 Component Maintenance Manual 
 Standard Overhaul Practices Manual 

Standard Wiring Practices Manual 
 Non-Destructive Test Manual 
 Service Bulletins and Index 

Corrosion Prevention Manual 
 Fault Isolation Manual 
 Power Plant Buildup Manual (except Rolls Royce)

 In Service Activity Report 
 All Operators Letters 
 Service Letters 

Structural Item Interim Advisory 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	3-2	  	

 Combined Index 
 Maintenance Tips 
 Configuration Data Base Generator User Guide 

Production Management Data Base 
 Baggage/Cargo Loading Manual 
  

	 	c)	Maintenance Planning. 

Maintenance Review Board Report 
 Maintenance Planning Data Document 
 Maintenance Task Cards and Index 

Maintenance Inspection Intervals Report 
 ETOPS Guide Vol. II 
 Configuration Maintenance and Procedures for Extended Range
Operations 
  

	 	d)	Spares Information. 

Illustrated Parts Catalog 
 Standards Books 
  

	 	e)	Airplane & Airport Information. 

 Facilities and Equipment Planning Document 
 Special Tool & Ground
Handling Equipment Drawings & Index 
 Supplementary Tooling Documentation 

Illustrated Tool and Equipment List/Manual 
 Aircraft Recovery Document 
 Airplane Characteristics for Airport Planning
Document 
 Airplane Rescue and Fire Fighting Document 
 Engine Ground Handling Document 
 ETOPS Guide Vol. I 

 

	 	f)	Shop Maintenance. 

Service Bulletins 
 Component Maintenance Manuals and Index 
 Publications Index 

Product Support Supplier Directory 
 Supplier Product Support and Assurance Agreements 
  

	 	g)	Fleet Statistical Data and Reporting. 

 Fleet Message and Fault Data views, charts, and reports 
  

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	3-3	  	

 4. Advance Representative Materials. 

Boeing will select all advance representative Materials from available sources and whenever possible will provide them through electronic
access. Such advance Materials will be for advance planning purposes only. 
 5. Customized Materials. 

All customized Materials will reflect the configuration of each Aircraft as delivered. 

6. Revisions. 
 6.1 The
schedule for updating certain Materials will be identified in the planning conference. Such updates will reflect changes to Materials developed by Boeing. 
 6.2 If Boeing receives written notice that Customer intends to incorporate, or has incorporated, any Boeing service bulletin in an Aircraft, Boeing will update Materials reflecting the effects of such
incorporation into such Aircraft. 
 7. Supplier Technical Data. 
 7.1 For supplier-manufactured programmed airborne avionics components and equipment classified as Seller Furnished Equipment (SFE) or Seller Purchased Equipment (SPE) or Buyer Designated
Equipment (BDE) which contain computer software designed and developed in accordance with Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics Document No. RTCA/DO-178 dated January 1982, No. RTCA/DO-178A dated March 1985, or later as
available, Boeing will request that each supplier of the components and equipment make software documentation available to Customer. 
 7.2 The provisions of this Article will not be applicable to items of BFE. 
 7.3
Boeing will furnish to Customer a document identifying the terms and conditions of the product support agreements between Boeing and its suppliers requiring the suppliers to fulfill Customer’s requirements for information and services in
support of the Aircraft. 
 8. Buyer Furnished Equipment Data. 
 Boeing will incorporate BFE line maintenance information into the customized Materials provided Customer makes the information available to Boeing at least *** months prior to the scheduled delivery month
of each Aircraft. Boeing will incorporate such BFE line maintenance information into the Materials prior to delivery of each Aircraft reflecting the configuration of that Aircraft as delivered. Upon Customer’s

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	3-4	  	

 request, Boeing may provide update service after delivery to such information subject to the terms of Part
2, Article 2.3 relating to Additional Services. Customer agrees to furnish all BFE line maintenance information in Boeing’s standard digital format. 
 9. Customer’s Shipping Address. 
 From time to time Boeing may furnish
certain Materials or updates to Materials by means other than electronic access. Customer will specify a single address and Customer shall promptly notify Boeing of any change to that address. Boeing will pay the reasonable shipping costs of the
Materials. Customer is responsible for any customs clearance charges, duties, and taxes. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
		 		  	
	 P.A. No. 3860
	 	 CS1
  

3-5
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04

 787 CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOCUMENT 

PART 4: ALLEVIATION OR CESSATION OF PERFORMANCE 
 Boeing will not be required to provide any Materials, services, training or other things at a facility designated by Customer if any of the following conditions exist and those conditions would prevent
Boeing from performing its services or make the performance of such services impracticable or inadvisable: 
 1. a labor stoppage
or dispute in progress involving Customer; 
 2. wars or warlike operations, riots or insurrections in the country where the
facility is located; 
 3. any condition at the facility which, in the opinion of Boeing, is detrimental to the general health,
welfare or safety of its personnel or their families; 
 4. the United States Government refuses permission to Boeing personnel
or their families to enter into the country where the facility is located, or recommends that Boeing personnel or their families leave the country; or 
 5. the United States Government refuses permission to Boeing to deliver Materials, services, training or other things to the country where the facility is located. 

After the location of Boeing personnel at the facility, Boeing further reserves the right, upon the occurrence of any of such events, to immediately and
without prior notice to Customer relocate its personnel and their families. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09//04
		 	4-1	  	

 787 CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOCUMENT 

PART 5: PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION 
 AND PROPRIETARY MATERIALS 
  

	1.	General. 

 All Materials
provided by Boeing to Customer and not covered by a Boeing CSGTA or other agreement between Boeing and Customer defining Customer’s right to use and disclose the Materials and included information will be covered by and subject to the terms of
the AGTA as amended by the terms of the Purchase Agreement. Title to all Materials containing, conveying or embodying confidential, proprietary or trade secret information (Proprietary Information) belonging to Boeing or a third party (Proprietary
Materials), will at all times remain with Boeing or such third party. Customer will treat all Proprietary Materials and all Proprietary Information in confidence and use and disclose the same only as specifically authorized in the AGTA as amended by
the terms of the Purchase Agreement, or the CSGTA, and except to the extent required by law. 
  

	2.	License Grant. 

 2.1
Boeing grants to Customer a perpetual worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use and disclose Proprietary Materials in accordance with the terms and conditions of the AGTA as amended by the terms of the Purchase Agreement. Customer is
authorized to make copies of Materials (except for Materials bearing the copyright legend of a third party), and all copies of Proprietary Materials will belong to Boeing and be treated as Proprietary Materials under the AGTA as amended by the terms
of the Purchase Agreement. Customer will preserve all proprietary legends, and all copyright notices on all Materials and insure the inclusion of those legends and notices on all copies. 

2.2 Customer grants to Boeing a perpetual, world-wide, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use and disclose Customer Information
*** in Boeing data and information products and services provided indicia identifying Customer Information as originating from Customer is removed from such Customer Information. 

 

	3.	Use of Proprietary Materials and Proprietary Information. 

 Customer is authorized to use Proprietary Materials and Proprietary Information for the purpose of: (a) operation, maintenance, repair, or modification of Customer’s Aircraft for which the
Proprietary Materials and Proprietary Information have been specified by Boeing and (b) development and manufacture of training devices and maintenance tools for use by Customer. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	5-1	  	

	4.	Providing of Proprietary Materials to Contractors. 

 Customer is authorized to provide Proprietary Materials to Customer’s contractors for the sole purpose of maintenance, repair, or modification of Customer’s Aircraft for which the Proprietary
Materials have been specified by Boeing. In addition, Customer may provide Proprietary Materials to Customer’s contractors for the sole purpose of developing and manufacturing training devices and maintenance tools for Customer’s use.
Before providing Proprietary Materials to its contractor, Customer will first obtain a written agreement from the contractor by which the contractor agrees (a) to use the Proprietary Materials only on behalf of Customer, (b) to be bound by
all of the restrictions and limitations of this Part 5, and (c) that Boeing is a third party beneficiary under the written agreement. Customer agrees to provide copies of all such written agreements to Boeing upon request. A sample agreement
acceptable to Boeing is attached as Appendix VII to the AGTA. 
  

	5.	Providing of Proprietary Materials and Proprietary Information to Regulatory Agencies. 

5.1 When and to the extent required by a government regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Customer or an Aircraft, Customer is
authorized to provide Proprietary Materials and to disclose Proprietary Information to the agency for use in connection with Customer’s operation, maintenance, repair, or modification of such Aircraft. Customer agrees to take all reasonable
steps to prevent the agency from making any distribution, disclosure, or additional use of the Proprietary Materials and Proprietary Information provided or disclosed. Customer further agrees to notify Boeing immediately upon learning of any
(a) distribution, disclosure, or additional use by the agency, (b) request to the agency for distribution, disclosure, or additional use, or (c) intention on the part of the agency to distribute, disclose, or make additional use of
Proprietary Materials or Proprietary Information. 
 5.2 In the event of an Aircraft or Aircraft systems-related incident, the
Customer may suspend, or block access to Customer Information pertaining to its Aircraft or fleet. Such suspension may be for an indefinite period of time. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 	 CS1

 
	  	Rev.: 11/09/04
		 	5-2	  	

 ENGINE ESCALATION AND 

ENGINE WARRANTY 
 between 
 THE BOEING COMPANY 

and 
 UNITED AIR
LINES, INC. 
 Supplemental Exhibit EE1—GE to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 

 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	 P.A. No. 3860
	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_GENX_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004	 	EE1 - GE	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

 1. ENGINE ESCALATION. 
 The Aircraft Basic Price of each Aircraft set forth in Table 1 of the Purchase Agreement ***. The adjustment in Engine Price applicable to each Aircraft (Engine Price Adjustment) will be determined at the
time of Aircraft delivery in accordance with the following formula: 
 *** 

Where: 
  

			
	 ***
	 	
		
	 ***
	 	*** where *** is the *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement)
		
	 ***
	 	*** where *** is the *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement)
		
	 ***
	 	*** per Aircraft (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement).

 *** is a *** determined using the ***, calculated by establishing a *** arithmetic average value
(expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the month of scheduled delivery of the applicable Aircraft. As the *** values are only released on a *** basis, the value released for the *** will be used for
the ***; the value for *** used for ***; the value for *** used for ***; and the value for *** used for ***. 
 *** is a ***
determined using the ***, calculated as a *** arithmetic average of the released *** (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the month of scheduled delivery of the applicable Aircraft. 

As an example, for an Aircraft scheduled to be delivered in the month of ***, the months *** of the preceding year will be utilized in
determining the value of *** and ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_GENX_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004	 	EE1 - GE - 1	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

	Note:	i. In determining the values of *** and ***, all calculations and resulting values will be expressed as a decimal rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth.

 ii. *** is the numeric ratio attributed to *** in the Engine Price Adjustment formula. 

iii. *** is the numeric ratio attributed to *** in the Engine Price Adjustment formula. 

iv. The *** are the actual average values reported by ***. The actual average values are calculated as a *** arithmetic average of the
released monthly values (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the Engine Price base year. The applicable base year and corresponding denominator is provided by Boeing in Table *** of this Purchase
Agreement. 
 v. The final value of *** will be rounded to the nearest dollar. 

vi. The *** if it will *** in the ***. 
 2. Values to be Used if *** are Not Available. 
 2.1 If the ***
substantially revises the methodology used for the determination of the values to be used to determine the *** and *** values (in contrast to benchmark adjustments or other corrections of previously released values), or for any reason has not
released values needed to determine the applicable Engine Price Adjustment, General Electric Aircraft agrees to meet jointly with Boeing and the Customer (to the extent such parties may lawfully do so) prior to the delivery of any such Aircraft, to
select a substitute from other *** data or similar data reported by *** organizations. Such substitute will result in the same adjustment, insofar as possible, as would have been calculated utilizing the original values adjusted for fluctuation
during the applicable time period. However, if within *** after delivery of the Aircraft, the *** should resume releasing values for the months needed to determine the ***; such values will be used to determine any *** in the *** for the Engine from
that determined at the time of delivery of the Aircraft. 
 2.2 Notwithstanding Article 2.1 above, if prior to the scheduled
delivery month of an Aircraft the *** changes the *** for determination of the *** and *** values as defined above, such *** will be *** in the ***. 
 2.3 If escalation provisions are made non-enforceable or otherwise rendered void by any agency of the United States Government, the parties agree, to the extent they may lawfully do so, to *** the *** of
any *** to *** an *** for *** or *** with the *** of *** of this *** in *** and *** since *** of the *** to the *** in ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_GENX_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004	 	EE1 - GE - 2	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

 2.4 If within *** of Aircraft delivery, the published index values are revised due to an
acknowledged error by the ***, the Engine Price Adjustment will be *** (this does not include those values noted as preliminary by the ***). A *** or *** will be issued for the *** for the period of original invoice to issuance of *** or ***.

  

			
	Note:	 	i. The values released by the *** and available to Boeing *** prior to the first day of the scheduled delivery month of an Aircraft will be used to determine the *** and *** values
for the applicable months (including those noted as preliminary by the ***) to calculate the Engine Price Adjustment for the Aircraft invoice at the time of delivery. The values will be considered final and *** will be *** for any *** in ***,
subject always to paragraph 2.4 above.
		
		 	ii. The maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal after rounding utilized in any part of the Engine Price Adjustment equation will be 4, where rounding of the fourth
digit will be increased to the next highest digit when the 5th digit is equal to 5 or greater.

 3. *** 

Boeing has obtained from General Electric Company (GE) the right to extend to *** the *** of GE’s warranty as set forth below ***; subject, however,
to *** acceptance of the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, *** to *** and *** the *** as hereinafter set forth, and such *** all GEnx type engines (including all Modules and Parts thereof), as such terms are defined in the Warranty (GEnx
type Engines) installed in the Aircraft at the time of delivery or purchased from Boeing by Customer for support of the Aircraft except that, if Customer and GE have executed, or hereinafter execute, a general terms agreement (Engine GTA), then the
terms of the Engine GTA shall be substituted for and supersede the provisions of the Warranty and the Warranty shall be of no force or effect and neither Boeing nor GE shall have any obligation arising therefrom. In consideration for *** of the ***
to *** hereby *** and *** and *** the *** or *** such GEnx type Engines and *** and ***. 
 The Warranty is contained in the Warranty and
Product Support Plan set forth in Exhibit C to the applicable purchase contract between GE and Boeing. Copies of the Warranty and Product Support Plan shall be provided to Customer by Boeing upon request. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_EE1_GENX_ECI-MFG_CPI_2004	 	EE1 - GE - 3	  	Rev.: 10/19/04

 ENGINE ESCALATION AND 
 ENGINE WARRANTY 
 between 

THE BOEING COMPANY 
 and 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 

Supplemental Exhibit EE1-RR to Purchase Agreement Number 3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
		 	EE1-RR - 1	  	Rev.: 07/31/08

 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 RR Trent 1000 Engines 
 Page 2 

 
 1. ENGINE ESCALATION. 

The Aircraft Basic Price of each Aircraft set forth in Table 1 of the Purchase Agreement ***. The adjustment in Engine Price applicable to each
Aircraft (Engine Price Adjustment) will be determined at the time of Aircraft delivery in accordance with the following formula: 
 *** 
 Where: 
 *** 
 *** per Aircraft (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement).

 ***
 Where:

 *** is the *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement); 
 *** is a *** determined using the ***, calculated by establishing a *** arithmetic average value (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the month of
scheduled delivery of the applicable Aircraft. As the *** values are only released on a *** basis, the value released for the *** will be used for the ***; the value released for the *** will be used for the ***; the value released for the *** will
be used for the ***; the value released for the *** will be used for the months of ***. 
 *** 

*** 
 Where: 

*** is the *** (as set forth in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement); and 
 *** is a *** determined using the ***, calculated as a *** arithmetic average of the released *** (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the month of
scheduled delivery of the applicable Aircraft. 
 As an example, for an Aircraft scheduled to be delivered in the month of ***, the months ***
of the preceding year will be utilized in determining the value of ***and ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
		 	EE1-RR - 2	  	Rev.: 07/31/08

 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 RR Trent 1000 Engines 
 Page 3 

 

			
	Note:	  	 i. In determining the values of *** and ***, all calculations and resulting values will be expressed as a decimal rounded to the
nearest ten-thousandth.

		
		  	 ii.      *** is the numeric ratio attributed to *** in the Engine Price Adjustment
formula.

		
		  	 iii.    *** is the numeric ratio attributed to *** in the Engine Price Adjustment
formula.

		
		  	 iv.     The ***) are the actual average values reported by ***. The actual average values are calculated
as a *** arithmetic average of the released monthly values (expressed as a decimal and rounded to the nearest tenth) using the values for the *** the Engine Price base year. The applicable base year and corresponding denominator is provided by
Boeing in Table *** of this Purchase Agreement.

		
		  	 v.      The final value of *** will be rounded to the nearest dollar.

		
		  	 vi.     The *** if it will *** in the ***.

	

 2. Values to be Utilized in the Event of Unavailability. 

2.1 If the *** substantially revises the methodology used for the determination of the values to be used to determine the *** and ***
values (in contrast to benchmark adjustments or other corrections of previously released values), or for any reason has not released values needed to determine the applicable Engine Price Adjustment, Rolls-Royce plc agrees to meet jointly with
Boeing and the Customer (to the extent such parties may lawfully do so) prior to the delivery of any such Aircraft, to select a substitute from other *** data or similar data reported by *** organizations. Such substitute will result in the same
adjustment, insofar as possible, as would have been calculated utilizing the original values adjusted for fluctuation during the applicable time period. However, if within *** after delivery of the Aircraft, the *** should resume releasing values
for the months needed to determine the ***; such values will be used to determine any *** in the *** for the Engine from that determined at the time of delivery of the Aircraft. 

2.2 Notwithstanding Article 2.1 above, if prior to the scheduled delivery month of an Aircraft the *** changes the *** for
determination of the *** and *** values as defined above, such *** will be *** in the ***. 
 2.3 In the event escalation
provisions are made non-enforceable or otherwise rendered void by any agency of the United States Government, the parties agree, to the extent they may lawfully do so, to *** the *** of any *** to *** an *** for *** or *** with the *** of *** of
this *** in *** and *** since *** of the *** to the *** in ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
		 	EE1-RR - 3	  	Rev.: 07/31/08

 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 RR Trent 1000 Engines 
 Page 4 

 
 2.4 If within *** of Aircraft delivery, the published index
values are revised due to an acknowledged error by the ***, the Engine Price Adjustment will be *** (this does not include those values noted as preliminary by the ***). A *** or *** will be issued for the *** for the period of original invoice to
issuance of *** or ***. 
  

			
	Note:	  	 i.       The values released by the *** and available to Boeing *** prior to the first day of
the scheduled delivery month of an Aircraft will be used to determine the *** and *** values for the applicable months (including those noted as preliminary by the ***) to calculate the Engine Price Adjustment for the Aircraft invoice at the time of
delivery. The values will be considered final and *** will be *** for any *** in ***, subject always to Pragraph 2.4 above.

		
		  	 ii.      The maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal after rounding utilized in any
part of the Engine Price Adjustment equation will be 4, where rounding of the fourth digit will be increased to the next highest digit when the 5th digit is equal to 5 or greater.

 3. ***. 
 Boeing
has obtained from Rolls-Royce plc the right to extend to *** the *** of Rolls-Royce plc’s warranty agreement (***); subject, however, to *** acceptance of the conditions set forth therein. Accordingly, *** to *** and *** the ***, and such
Warranty shall apply to all Trent 1000 type engine(s), including all Modules and Parts thereof as such terms are defined in the Warranty, installed in the Aircraft at the time of delivery or purchased from Boeing by Customer for support of the
Aircraft (Engine(s)) except that, if Customer and Rolls-Royce plc have executed an Engine general terms agreement (Engine GTA), then the terms of that Engine GTA shall be substituted for and supersede the provisions of the Warranty and the
Warranty shall be of no force or effect and neither Boeing nor Rolls-Royce plc shall have any obligation arising there from. In consideration for *** of the *** to *** hereby *** and ***and *** the *** or *** such Engines and *** and ***. In
addition, Customer *** Rolls-Royce plc *** in such Warranty or Engine GTA between Customer and Rolls-Royce plc ***. 
 The Rolls-Royce plc
Warranty is set forth in Exhibit C to the applicable Engine purchase contract between Rolls-Royce plc and Boeing. Copies of the Rolls-Royce plc Warranty shall be provided to Customer by Boeing upon request. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
		 	EE1-RR - 4	  	Rev.: 07/31/08

 SERVICE LIFE POLICY COMPONENTS 

between 
 THE
BOEING COMPANY 
 and 
 UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
 Supplemental Exhibit SLP1 to Purchase Agreement Number
3860 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_SLP1_7E7	 	SLP1	  	Rev.: 06/28/04

 COVERED SERVICE LIFE COMPONENTS 

relating to 

BOEING MODEL 787 AIRCRAFT 
 This
is the listing of Covered Components for the Aircraft which relate to Part 3, Boeing Service Life Policy of Exhibit C, Product Assurance Document to the AGTA and is a part of this Purchase Agreement. 

1. Wing. 
  

	 	(a)	Upper and lower wing skins and stiffeners between the forward and rear wing spars. 

 

	 	(b)	Wing spar webs, chords and stiffeners. 

  

	 	(c)	Inspar wing ribs. 

  

	 	(d)	Inspar splice plates and fittings. 

  

	 	(e)	Upper wing fold hinge, end ribs and lower latch lugs. 

  

	 	(f)	Main landing gear support structure. 

  

	 	(g)	Wing center section lower beams, spanwise beams and floor beams, but not the seat tracks attached to the beams. 

 

	 	(h)	Wing-to-body structural attachments. 

  

	 	(i)	Engine strut support fittings attached directly to wing primary structure. 

 

	 	(j)	Support structure in the wing for spoilers and spoiler actuators; for aileron hinges and reaction links; and for leading edge devices and trailing edge flaps.

  

	 	(k)	Leading edge device and trailing edge flap support system. 

  

	 	(l)	Aileron leading edge device and trailing edge flap internal, fixed attachment and actuator support structure. 

 

	 	(m)	Winglets. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_SLP1_7E7	 	SLP1-1	  	Rev.: 06/28/04

 2. Body. 
  

	 	(a)	External surface skins and doublers, longitudinal stiffeners, longerons and circumferential rings and frames between the forward pressure bulkhead and the vertical
stabilizer rear spar bulkhead, and structural support and enclosure for the APU but excluding all system components and related installation and connecting devices, insulation, lining, and decorative panels and related installation and connecting
devices. 

  

	 	(b)	Window and windshield structure but excluding the windows and windshields. 

 

	 	(c)	Fixed attachment structure of the passenger doors, cargo doors and emergency exits, excluding door mechanisms and movable hinge components. Sills and frames around the
body openings for the passenger doors, cargo doors and emergency exits, excluding scuff plates and pressure seals. 

  

	 	(d)	Nose wheel well structure, including the wheel well walls, pressure deck, forward and aft bulkheads, and the gear support structure. 

 

	 	(e)	Main gear wheel well structure including pressure deck, bulkheads and landing gear beam support structure. 

 

	 	(f)	Floor beams and support posts in the control cab and passenger cabin area, but excluding seat tracks. 

 

	 	(g)	Forward and aft pressure bulkheads. 

  

	 	(h)	Keel structure between the wing front spar bulkhead and the main gear wheel well aft bulkhead, including splices. 

 

	 	(i)	Wing front and rear spar support bulkheads, and vertical and horizontal stabilizer front and rear spar support bulkheads including terminal fittings but excluding all
system components and related installation and connecting devices, insulation, lining, and decorative panels and related installation and connecting devices. 

 

	 	(j)	Support structure in the body for the stabilizer pivot and stabilizer screw. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_SLP1_7E7	 	SLP1-2	  	Rev.: 06/28/04

 3. Vertical Stabilizer. 

 

	 	(a)	External skins between front and rear spars. 

  

	 	(b)	Front and rear spars including stiffeners. 

  

	 	(c)	Attachment fittings between vertical stabilizer and body. 

  

	 	(d)	Inspar ribs. 

  

	 	(e)	Support structure in the vertical stabilizer for rudder hinges, reaction links and actuators. 

 

	 	(f)	Rudder internal, fixed attachment and actuator support structure. 

  

	 	(g)	Rudder hinges and supporting ribs, excluding bearings. 

 4. Horizontal Stabilizer. 
  

	 	(a)	External skins between front and rear spars. 

  

	 	(b)	Front and rear spars including splices and stiffeners. 

  

	 	(c)	Inspar ribs. 

  

	 	(d)	Stabilizer splice fittings and pivot and screw support structure. 

  

	 	(e)	Support structure in the horizontal stabilizer for the elevator hinges, reaction links and actuators. 

 

	 	(f)	Elevator internal, fixed attachment and actuator support structure. 

  

	 	(g)	Elevator hinges and supporting ribs, excluding bearings. 

 5. Engine Strut. 
  

	 	(a)	Strut external surface skin and doublers and stiffeners. 

  

	 	(b)	Internal strut chords, frames and bulkheads. 

  

	 	(c)	Strut to wing fittings and diagonal brace. 

  

	 	(d)	Engine mount support fittings attached directly to strut structure. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_SLP1_7E7	 	SLP1-3	  	Rev.: 06/28/04

 6. Main Landing Gear. 

 

	 	(a)	Outer cylinder. 

  

	 	(b)	Inner cylinder. 

  

	 	(c)	Upper and lower side strut, including spindles and universals. 

  

	 	(d)	Upper and lower drag strut, including spindles and universals. 

  

	 	(e)	Orifice support tube. 

  

	 	(f)	Downlock links including spindles and universals. 

  

	 	(g)	Torsion links. 

  

	 	(h)	Bogie beam. 

  

	 	(i)	Axles. 

 7. Nose Landing Gear. 

 

	 	(a)	Outer cylinder. 

  

	 	(b)	Inner cylinder, including axles. 

  

	 	(c)	Orifice support tube. 

  

	 	(d)	Upper and lower drag strut, including lock links. 

  

	 	(e)	Steering plates and steering collar. 

  

	 	(f)	Torsion links. 

  

	 	(g)	Actuator support beam and hanger. 

  

	NOTE:	The Service Life Policy *** the Covered Components. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

					
	P.A. No. 3860	 		  	
	PA_Supp_Ex_SLP1_7E7	 	SLP1-4	  	Rev.: 06/28/04

			
	

	 	The Boeing Company
P.O. Box 3707
Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209247 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	 Subject: 
	“787 e-Enabling”—Provision and Loading of Boeing Owned Software in the *** System or Other Onboard Loadable Hardware System. 

 

	 Reference: 
	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) 

 

	 	Customer Services General Terms Agreement No. 22-1 (the CSGTA) between Boeing and Customer, including Supplemental Agreement for Electronic Access (the
SA-EA), and Supplemental Agreement for e-Enabled (the SA-eE) 

 This letter agreement (Letter
Agreement) amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 1. Customer’s Aircraft is equipped with onboard loadable hardware, specifically the *** and the ***. Boeing will install certain Boeing owned software, also referred to in the AGTA and the Purchase
Agreement as *** (and not ***), on the *** and on the *** within the *** before fly away. These Materials to be installed on the *** include, but are not limited to, electronic documents (e-Docs), *** and the electronic logbook
(E-Logbook). The *** will be installed on an *** within the ***. 
 2. Boeing will license and install these Materials on the following
conditions: 
 (i) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, these *** are provided and licensed to Customer in accordance
with the terms and conditions of the CSGTA, as supplemented by the SA-EA, and the SA-eE, and applicable Software License Orders. 
 (ii) The DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE and EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND OTHER DAMAGES provisions in Article 11 of Part 2 of Exhibit C of the AGTA and the insurance provisions of Article 8.2 of the AGTA will
apply to Boeing’s installation of the Materials. 
 3. The technical data and maintenance information specified in Article 3 of Part 3 of
Supplemental Exhibit CS1 to the Purchase Agreement will be considered *** as defined therein and not *** even when such technical data and maintenance information is provided in *** and is used onboard the Aircraft or loaded into an
onboard Aircraft system. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209247	  	
	787 e-Enabling	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 4. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, (i) the provision, license and access to the *** specified in Article 3 of this Letter Agreement through the ***, (ii) the provision and license of the *** for the *** and the ***, and (iii) the provision and license of
other software which may be identified by Boeing from time to time shall be pursuant to the terms of the CSGTA, as supplemented by the SA-EA and the SA-eE, including applicable Software License Orders. The *** Contractor Confidentiality Agreement of
the SA-eE shall apply to any provision of the *** to Customer’s contractor. 
 5. The CSGTA and all referenced Supplemental Agreements
thereto, including the Software License Orders, must be executed between Boeing and Customer no later than *** days prior to delivery of Customer’s first 787 Aircraft. All software applications and *** referenced in Articles 1, 3 and 4 of this
Letter Agreement will be further described in the Software Licensed Order for that software application and ***. 
 Very truly yours,

  

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	By	 	 /s/ ***

	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209247	  	
	787 e-Enabling	  	Page 2

			
	 

	 	The Boeing Company
P.O. Box 3707
Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209264 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	 Subject: 
	Open Configuration Matters – 787-9 Aircraft 

  

	 Reference: 
	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787 aircraft (the
Aircraft) 

 This Letter Agreement amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used and not
defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 1. Aircraft Configuration. 

The configuration for Customer’s model 787-9 Aircraft will be the same as that for Continental Airlines, Inc. Upon Continental
Airlines, Inc. completion of the model 787-9 aircraft configuration, Boeing and Customer agree to incorporate the same amendments to the Purchase Agreement as those required to amend the Continental Airlines purchase agreement no. 2484 to
incorporate such model 787-9 aircraft configuration. 
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	By	 	 /s/ ***

	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209264	  	
	Open Configuration Matters – 787-9 Aircraft	  	Page 1

			
	

	 	The Boeing Company
P.O. Box 3707
Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	 Subject: 
	Option Aircraft 

  

	 Reference: 
	Purchase Agreement 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787 aircraft (the Aircraft)

 This Letter Agreement amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this
Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 Boeing agrees to manufacture and sell to Customer up to
*** Model 787-9 aircraft as Option Aircraft. The model, delivery months, number of aircraft, Advance Payment Base Price per aircraft and advance payment schedule are listed in Attachment A to this Letter Agreement (the Attachment).

  

	1.	Aircraft Description and Changes 

 1.1 Aircraft Description: The Option Aircraft are described by the Detail Specification listed in the Attachment, and subject to the items in section 1.2 below. 

1.2 Changes: The Detail Specification will be revised to include: 

 

	 	(i)	Changes applicable to the basic Model 787 aircraft which are developed by Boeing between the date of the Detail Specification and the signing of the definitive
agreement to purchase the Option Aircraft; 

  

	 	(ii)	Changes required to obtain required regulatory certificates; and 

  

	 	(iii)	Changes mutually agreed upon. 

  

	2.	Price 

 2.1 The pricing
elements of the Option Aircraft are listed in the Attachment A to this Letter Agreement. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265	  	
	Option Aircraft	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 2.2 Price
Adjustments. 
 2.2.1 Optional Features. The Optional Features Prices that will be identified in the definitive
agreement for the Option Aircraft will equal (i) the Optional Features Prices as of *** 
 2.2.2 Escalation
Adjustments. The Airframe Price and the Optional Features Prices for Option Aircraft will be escalated on the same basis as the Aircraft, and will be adjusted to Boeing’s then-current escalation provisions as of the date of execution of the
definitive agreement for the Option Aircraft. 
 The engine manufacturer’s current escalation provisions, listed in Exhibit Supplement EE1
to the Purchase Agreement, have been *** to the months of scheduled delivery using commercial forecasts to calculate the Advance Payment Base Price listed in the Attachment to this Letter Agreement. The engine escalation provisions *** by the engine
manufacturer *** the Option Aircraft. 
 2.2.3 Base Price Adjustments. The Airframe Price and the Engine Price of the
Option Aircraft will be adjusted to Boeing’s and the engine manufacturer’s *** prices as of *** the Option Aircraft. 
  

	3.	Payment. 

 3.1 Customer
will pay a deposit to Boeing in the amount shown in the Attachments for each Option Aircraft (Option Deposit), on the date of this Letter Agreement. If Customer exercises an option, the Option Deposit will be credited against the first
advance payment due. *** 
 3.2 If Customer exercises its option to acquire an Option Aircraft, advance payments in the amounts
and at the times listed in the Attachment will be payable for that Option Aircraft. The remainder of the Aircraft Price for that Option Aircraft will be paid at the time of delivery. 

 

	4.	Option Exercise. 

Customer may exercise an option to acquire an Option Aircraft by giving written notice to Boeing no later than *** prior to the first
business day of the applicable delivery month listed in the Attachment (Option Exercise Date). 
  

	5.	Contract Terms. 

 Boeing
and Customer will use their best efforts to reach a definitive agreement for the purchase of an Option Aircraft, including the terms and conditions contained in this Letter Agreement, in the Purchase Agreement, and other terms and conditions as may
be agreed upon to add the Option Aircraft to the Purchase Agreement as an Aircraft. If the parties have not entered into a definitive agreement within *** following option exercise, either party may terminate the purchase of such Option Aircraft by
giving written notice to the other within ***. If Customer and Boeing fail to enter into such definitive agreement, Boeing will retain the Option Deposit for that Option Aircraft ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265	  	
	Option Aircraft	  	Page 2

 

 
  
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	By	 	 /s/ ***

	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265	  	
	Option Aircraft	  	Page 3

 Attachment A to 

Option Aircraft Letter UAL-PA-03860-1209265 
 787-*** Option Aircraft Delivery, Description, Price and Advance Payments 

(787-***/GE/***) 
  

																			
	 Airframe Model/MTOW:
	  	 	787-	*** 	 	 	***	  	  	Detail Specification:	  	 	*	** 	 			
						
	 Engine Model/Thrust:
	  	 	GENX-1B	*** 	 				  	Airframe Price Base Year/Escalation Formula:	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 
						
	 Airframe Price:
	  				 	$	***	  	  	Engine Price Base Year/Escalation Formula:	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 
						
	 Optional Features:
	  				 	$	***	  	  		  				 			
		  				 	  
	  
	 	  		  				 			
						
	 Sub-Total of Airframe and Features:
	  				 	$	***	  	  	Airframe Escalation Data:	  				 			
						
	 Engine Price (Per Aircraft):
	  				 	$	***	  	  	Base Year Index (ECI):	  	 	*	** 	 			
						
	 Aircraft Basic Price (Excluding BFE/SPE):
	  				 	$	***	  	  	Base Year Index (CPI):	  	 	*	** 	 			
		  				 	  
	  
	 	  		  				 			
						
	 Buyer Furnished Equipment (BFE) Estimate:
	  				 	$	***	  	  	Engine Escalation Data:	  				 			
						
	 Seller Purchased Equipment (SPE) Estimate:
	  				 	$	***	  	  	Base Year Index (ECI):	  	 	*	** 	 			
						
		  				 				  	Base Year Index (CPI):	  	 	*	** 	 			
						
	 *** Deposit/Aircraft at Def Agreemt:
	  				 	$	***	  	  		  				 			

  

																																	
	 Delivery
 Date
	  	Number of
Aircraft	 	  	Escalation
Factor
(Airframe)	 	  	Escalation
Factor
(Engine)	 	  	Escalation Estimate
Adv Payment Base
Price Per 
A/P	 	  	Advance Payment Per Aircraft (Amts. Due/Mos. Prior to 
Delivery):	 
	  	  	  	  	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 
	  	  	  	  	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 	  	***	 
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  	  	$	***	  

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 

  

			
	UAL	  	
	61106-1F.TXT	  	

			
	

	 	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box 3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, IL 60601-0100 
  

	 Subject: 
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning 

  

	 Reference: 
	a) Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787-8 aircraft (the Aircraft)

  

	 	b) Customer Services General Terms Agreement No. 22-1 (CSGTA) between Boeing and Customer 

This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) is entered into on the date below and amends and supplements the CSGTA. All capitalized terms
used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the CSGTA, except for “Aircraft” which will have the meaning as defined in the Purchase Agreement. 

In order to define the process by which Boeing and Customer will (i) identify those Spare Parts and Standards critical to
Customer’s successful introduction of the Aircraft into service and its continued operation, (ii) place Orders under the provisions of the CSGTA as supplemented by the provisions of this Letter Agreement for those Spare Parts and
Standards, and (iii) manage the return of certain of those Spare Parts which Customer does not use, the parties agree as follows. 
  

	1.	Definitions. 

 “Provisioning
Data” means the documentation provided by Boeing to Customer, including but not limited to the Recommended Spare Parts List (RSPL), identifying all Boeing initial provisioning requirements for the Aircraft. 

“Provisioning Items” means the Spare Parts and Standards identified by Boeing as initial provisioning requirements in support of the
Aircraft, excluding special tools, ground support equipment (GSE), quick engine change (QEC) kits, engines and engine parts. 

“Provisioning Products Guide” means the Boeing Manual D6-81834 entitled “Spares Provisioning Products Guide”. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning	  	Page 1

 

 
  
  

	2.	Phased Provisioning. 

 2.1
Provisioning Products Guide. Prior to the initial provisioning meeting Boeing will furnish to Customer a copy of the Provisioning Products Guide. 
 2.2 Initial Provisioning Meeting. If requested by Customer, the parties will conduct an initial provisioning meeting where the procedures, schedules, and requirements for training will be
established to accomplish phased provisioning of Spare Parts and Standards for the Aircraft in accordance with the Provisioning Products Guide. 
 2.3 Provisioning Data. During the initial provisioning meeting Customer will provide to Boeing the operational parameter information described in Chapter 6 of the Provisioning Products Guide. After
review and acceptance by Boeing of such Customer information, Boeing will prepare the Provisioning Data. Such Provisioning Data will be furnished to Customer on or about *** days after Boeing finalizes the engineering drawings for the Aircraft. The
Provisioning Data will be as complete as possible and will cover Provisioning Items selected by Boeing for review by Customer for initial provisioning of Spare Parts and Standards for the Aircraft. Boeing will furnish to Customer revisions to the
Provisioning Data until approximately *** days following delivery of the last Aircraft or until the delivery configuration of each of the Aircraft is reflected in the Provisioning Data, whichever is later. 

2.4 Buyer Furnished Equipment (BFE) Provisioning Data. Not applicable on 787 program. 

 

	3.	Purchase from Boeing of Spare Parts and Standards as Initial Provisioning for the Aircraft. 

3.1 Schedule. In accordance with schedules established during the initial provisioning meeting, Customer may place Orders for
Provisioning Items and any GSE, special tools, QEC kits, or engine spare parts which Customer determines it will initially require for maintenance, overhaul and servicing of the Aircraft and/or engines. 

3.2 Prices of Initial Provisioning Spare Parts. 
 3.2.1 Boeing Spare Parts. The Provisioning Data will set forth the prices for those Provisioning Items other than items listed in Article 3.3, below, that are Boeing Spare Parts, and such prices
will be firm and remain in effect for *** days from the date the price is first quoted to Customer in the Provisioning Data. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning	  	Page 2

 

 
  
 3.2.2 Supplier Spare
Parts. Boeing will provide estimated prices in the Provisioning Data for Provisioning Items other than items listed in Article 3.3, below, that are Supplier Spare Parts. The price to Customer for any Supplier Spare Parts that are Provisioning
Items or for any items ordered for initial provisioning of GSE, special tools manufactured by suppliers, QEC kits, or engine spare parts will be *** percent (***%) of the supplier’s list price for such items. Customer shall not be prohibited,
either directly or indirectly, from purchasing Supplier Spare Parts directly from such suppliers. 
 3.3 Standards Kits, Raw
Material Kits, Bulk Materials Kits and Service Bulletin Kits. In accordance with schedules established during the initial provisioning meeting, Boeing will furnish to Customer a listing of all components which could be included in the Standards
kits, raw material kits, bulk materials kits and service bulletin kits which may be purchased by Customer from Boeing. Customer will select, and provide to Boeing its desired content for the kits. Boeing will furnish to Customer as soon as
practicable thereafter a statement setting forth a firm price for such kits. Customer may place Orders with Boeing for the kits in accordance with schedules established during the initial provisioning meeting. 

 

	4.	Delivery. 

 For Spare
Parts and Standards ordered by Customer in accordance with Article 3 of this Letter Agreement, Boeing will, insofar as reasonably possible, deliver to Customer such Spare Parts and Standards on dates reasonably calculated to conform to
Customer’s anticipated needs in view of the scheduled deliveries of the Aircraft. Customer and Boeing will agree upon the date to begin delivery of the provisioning Spare Parts and Standards ordered in accordance with this Letter Agreement.
Where appropriate, Boeing will arrange for shipment of such Spare Parts and Standards which are manufactured by suppliers directly to Customer from the applicable supplier’s facility. The routing and method of shipment for initial deliveries
and all subsequent deliveries of such Spare Parts and Standards will be as established at the initial provisioning meeting and thereafter by mutual agreement. 
  

	5.	Substitution for Obsolete Spare Parts. 

 5.1 Obligation to Substitute Pre-Delivery. In the event that, prior to delivery of the first Aircraft, any Spare Part purchased by Customer from Boeing in accordance with this Letter Agreement as
initial provisioning for the Aircraft is rendered obsolete or unusable due to the redesign of the Aircraft or of any accessory, equipment or part thereof (other than a redesign at Customer’s request) Boeing will deliver to Customer at no charge
new and usable Spare Parts in substitution for such obsolete or unusable Spare Parts and, upon such delivery, Customer will return the obsolete or unusable Spare Parts to Boeing. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning	  	Page 3

 

 
  
 5.2 Delivery of
Obsolete Spare Parts and Substitutes. Obsolete or unusable Spare Parts returned by Customer pursuant to this Article 5 will be delivered to Boeing F.O.B. at its Seattle Distribution Center or such other destination as Boeing may reasonably
designate. Spare Parts substituted for such returned obsolete or unusable Spare Parts will be delivered to Customer in accordance with the CSGTA. *** for the *** Customer *** Boeing of any such obsolete or unusable Spare Part and for the shipment
from Boeing to Customer of any such substitute Spare Part. 
  

	6.	Repurchase of Provisioning Items. 

 6.1 Obligation to Repurchase. During the period commencing *** after delivery of the first Aircraft, and ending *** after such delivery, Boeing will, upon receipt of Customer’s written request
and subject to the exceptions in Article 6.2, repurchase unused and undamaged Provisioning Items which (i) were recommended by Boeing in the Provisioning Data as initial provisioning for the Aircraft, (ii) were purchased by Customer from
Boeing, and (iii) are surplus to Customer’s needs. 
 6.2 Exceptions. Boeing will not be obligated under
Article 6.1 to repurchase any of the following: (i) quantities of Provisioning Items in excess of those quantities recommended by Boeing in the Provisioning Data for the Aircraft, (ii) QEC kits, bulk material kits, raw material kits,
service bulletin kits, Standards kits and components thereof (except those components listed separately in the Provisioning Data), (iii) Provisioning Items for which an Order was received by Boeing more than *** months after delivery of the
last Aircraft, (iv) Provisioning Items which have become obsolete or have been replaced by other Provisioning Items as a result of Customer’s modification of the Aircraft, and (v) Provisioning Items which become excess solely as a
result of a change in Customer’s operating parameters, as provided to Boeing pursuant to the initial provisioning meeting and which were the basis of Boeing’s initial provisioning recommendations for the Aircraft. 

6.3 Notification and Format. Customer will notify Boeing, in writing when Customer desires to return Provisioning Items under the
provisions of this Article 6. Customer’s notification will include a detailed summary, in part number sequence, of the Provisioning Items Customer desires to return. Such summary will be in the form of listings, tapes, diskettes or other media
as may be mutually agreed between Boeing and Customer and will include part number, nomenclature, purchase order number, purchase order date and quantity to be returned. Within *** business days after receipt of Customer’s notification, Boeing
will advise Customer in writing when Boeing’s review of such summary will be completed. *** 
 6.4 Review and Acceptance
by Boeing. Upon completion of Boeing’s review of any detailed summary submitted by Customer pursuant to Article 6.3, Boeing will issue to Customer a Material Return Authorization (MRA) for those Provisioning Items, that are eligible for
repurchase in accordance with this Article 6. Boeing will advise Customer of the reason that Boeing believes that any Provisioning 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning	  	Page 4

 

 
  
 
Item included in Customer’s detailed summary is not eligible for return. The parties shall work together in good-faith to resolve any dispute regarding eligibility for parts repurchase in an
expeditious manner. Boeing’s MRA will state the date by which Provisioning Items listed in the MRA must be redelivered to Boeing, and Customer will arrange for shipment of such Provisioning Items accordingly. 

6.5 Price and Payment. The price of each Provisioning Item repurchased by Boeing pursuant to this Article 6 will be an amount
equal to ***% of the original invoice price thereof except that the repurchase price of Provisioning Items purchased pursuant to Article 3.2.2 will not include ***. Boeing will pay the repurchase price by issuing a credit memorandum in favor of
Customer which may be applied against amounts due Boeing for the purchase of Spare Parts or Standards. 
 6.6 Delivery of
Repurchased Provisioning Items. Provisioning Items repurchased by Boeing pursuant to this Article 6 will be delivered to Boeing’s Seattle Distribution Center or such other destination as Boeing may reasonably designate within the
continental United States. *** for the *** Customer *** Boeing of any such Provisioning Items. 
  

	7.	Title and Risk of Loss. 

Title and risk of loss of any Spare Parts or Standards delivered to Customer by Boeing in accordance with this Letter Agreement will pass
from Boeing to Customer in accordance with the applicable provisions of the CSGTA. Title to and risk of loss of any Spare Parts or Standards returned to Boeing by Customer in accordance with this Letter Agreement will pass to Boeing upon delivery of
such Spare Parts or Standards to Boeing in accordance with the provisions of Article 5.2 or Article 6.6, herein, as appropriate. 
  

	8.	Termination for Excusable Delay. 

 In the event of termination of the Purchase Agreement pursuant to Article 7 of the AGTA with respect to any Aircraft, such termination will, if Customer so requests by written notice received by Boeing
within *** days after such termination, also discharge and terminate all obligations and liabilities of the parties as to any Spare Parts or Standards which Customer had ordered pursuant to the provisions of this Letter Agreement as initial
provisioning for such Aircraft and which are undelivered on the date Boeing receives such written notice. 
  

	9.	Order of Precedence. 

 In
the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Letter Agreement and the terms of any other provisions of the CSGTA, the terms of this Letter Agreement will control. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning	  	Page 5

 

 
  
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	 THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ ***

	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209409	  	
	Spare Parts Initial Provisioning	  	Page 6

			
	

	 	The Boeing Company
P.O. Box 3707
Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209410 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, IL 60601-0100 
  

	 Subject: 
	Special Matters relating to COTS Software and End User License Agreements 

  

	 Reference: 
	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787 aircraft (Aircraft)

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not
defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 Recitals 

A. Certain third party, commercial off-the-shelf software products are available to perform various functions required in the Aircraft (COTS Software).

 B. The industry practice with respect to COTS Software is to permit manufacturers to install the software in products for sale to customers.
The manufacturer is required to pass to the customer an End User License Agreement (EULA), which covers the right to use the COTS Software. The EULAs also require each user of the product to further license the software and pass the EULA to any user
to whom he transfers the product. 
 C. Because of the described industry practice with respect to COTS Software, Boeing does not acquire title
to COTS Software and cannot pass title to COTS Software at the time of delivery of the Aircraft. 
 D. Therefore, the parties desire to amend
certain provisions of the Purchase Agreement to properly reflect the respective rights and obligations of the parties with respect to the COTS Software included in the Aircraft. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209410	  	
	Special Matters relating to COTS Software and End User License Agreements	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 Agreement 

1. At delivery of the Aircraft, Boeing will furnish to Customer copies of all EULAs applicable to the Aircraft, and Customer agrees to comply with all
provisions of the applicable EULAs. 
 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6.3 of the AGTA, at delivery of each Aircraft, Boeing will
provide Customer a bill of sale conveying good title, free of encumbrances except as provided in applicable EULAs. 
 3. In connection with any
sale or other transfer of the Aircraft, Customer agrees to comply with all provisions of the applicable EULAs, including without limitation the re-licensing of the software to Customer’s transferee and the flow down within such license of the
further requirement that Customer’s transferee comply with and flow to other transferees the obligations of the EULA. 
 Very truly yours,

  

			
	 THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ ***

	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209410	  	
	Special Matters relating to COTS Software and End User License Agreements	  	Page 2

			
	

	 	The Boeing Company
P.O. Box 3707
Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209411 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	 Subject: 
	Special Terms—Seats and In-flight Entertainment 

  

	 Reference: 
	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787 aircraft (the Aircraft)

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All capitalized terms used but
not defined in this Letter Agreement shall have the same meaning as defined in the Purchase Agreement. 
 1.0 Definitions. 

1.1 “Covered Seats” shall mean those seats which are not otherwise identified in Exhibit A to the Purchase Agreement as
Buyer Furnished Equipment. 
 1.2 “In-flight Entertainment (IFE) System” shall mean the IFE identified in the
Detail Specification of the Aircraft, inclusive of the IFE software which is required to test and certify the IFE system on the Aircraft, but exclusive of IFE Customer Software. 

1.3 “IFE Customer Software” shall mean any software which is obtained by the Customer from a source other than Boeing
for installation in the IFE System. 
 2.0 Applicability of Supplemental Exhibit CS1 to the Purchase Agreement. 

2.1 *** did not enter into *** with the *** of the *** and the ***. *** is responsible for *** such *** directly with the suppliers of
such *** and *** and such provisions will apply in lieu of the provisions of Supplemental Exhibit CS1 to the Purchase Agreement. 
 2.2 Boeing will incorporate the Covered Seats and IFE System line maintenance information, received from the suppliers of such Covered Seats and IFE System, into Customer’s customized Materials prior
to delivery of each Aircraft. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209411	  	
	Special Terms – Seats and In-flight Entertainment	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 3.0 Applicability of the Provisions of
Exhibit C to the AGTA. 
 In lieu of the provisions of *** of Exhibit C to the AGTA, the following *** will apply to Covered
Seats and the IFE System: 
 “Boeing will obtain *** by Customer *** the suppliers of the Covered Seats and
IFE System installed on the Aircraft at the time of delivery. If requested by Customer, Boeing will provide copies of such *** to Customer upon request.” 
 4.0 IFE Customer Software. 
 Customer is responsible for and assumes all
liability with respect to IFE Customer Software. 
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	By	 	 /s/ ***

	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209411	  	
	Special Terms – Seats and In-flight Entertainment	  	Page 2

			
	

	  	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417 
 United Air Lines, Inc.

 77 West Wacker Drive 
 Chicago, IL
60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Model 787 Post-Delivery Software & Data Loading 

  

	Reference:	a) Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (Aircraft) 

 b) Customer Services General Terms Agreement No. 22-1
(CSGTA) between Boeing and Customer, including Supplemental Agreement for Electronic Access (SA-EA), Supplemental Agreement for e-Enabling (SA-eE), and 787 Software License Orders 

This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this
Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 Introduction 

Prior to title transfer of the Aircraft to Customer, Boeing baseline production software will be installed in the Aircraft. Such
production software will be used by Boeing, and may be used by Customer during standard customer inspection activities, to test and validate applicable e-enabling features and associated hardware, including but not limited to features such as: a
Boeing offered catalogue in-flight entertainment (IFE) system, ***, electronic documents, *** and electronic checklist (ECL). Operational software, as set out in Article 1 and Article 2 below, will not be installed
temporarily or permanently on an Aircraft prior to the transfer by Boeing of title to that Aircraft to Customer or a party designated by Customer. 
 1. Boeing-Provided Operational Software and Data. 
 Pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement and applicable 787 software license order(s), immediately following title transfer of the Aircraft to Customer, Boeing will, upon Customer’s request, load Boeing-provided operational software and data onto onboard loadable hardware
that enable the Aircraft to operate certain e-enabled features as described in the Purchase Agreement and applicable 787 software license order(s). 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417	  	
	787 Post Delivery Software & Data Loading	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 2. Customer-Provided Operational
Software and Data. 
 2.1 *** Software. If Customer has elected to customize software or modify settings and features
of selected onboard software or databases from what is set forth in Exhibit A of the Purchase Agreement, at Customer’s request, Boeing will provide a courtesy load of Customer’s version of such operational software immediately
following title transfer of the Aircraft. Boeing will load Customer’s operational software if it is provided to Boeing within specified lead times and schedule. If Customer fails to provide the operational software in accordance with
Boeing’s instructions, the Aircraft will be solely configured with the Boeing baseline production software in lieu of Customer’s operational software. 
 2.2 *** and/or Other Third Party Operational Software and Databases. If Customer provides Customer-developed software applications or has licensed additional software or databases from *** and/or
other third party supplier for installation onto an onboard loadable system, at Customer’s request, Boeing will also provide a courtesy load of such operational software immediately following title transfer of the Aircraft. If Customer fails to
provide such operational software in accordance with Boeing’s instructions, Boeing will not load this software. 
 2.3
IFE Customer Software. IFE Customer Software shall mean any software which is obtained by the Customer from a source other than Boeing for installation in the IFE system. Boeing will make the Aircraft available to Customer’s IFE
supplier for loading of the IFE Customer Software via Customer authorized work order(s) immediately following title transfer of the Aircraft. The time required for the IFE supplier to complete the loading of the IFE Customer Software is estimated to
be approximately *** hours. If Customer fails to make appropriate arrangements with its IFE supplier in accordance with Boeing instructions, the Aircraft will be solely configured with Boeing’s baseline production software for the Boeing
catalogue selected IFE configuration. Boeing’s FAA approved Repair Station will *** to Customer or its IFE supplier to revise the IFE system hardware or IFE Customer Software while the Aircraft is on Boeing property prior to delivery flyaway,
even if an FAA approved service bulletin is available for such revision. 
 3. Additional Terms and Conditions. 

3.1 With respect to Customer-provided operational software and data referenced in Article 2.1 and 2.2, above, Customer shall grant,
and/or shall obtain from the suppliers, a *** license for Boeing to copy and load such software on the Aircraft. Boeing will retain a copy of such software/data for loading on future Aircraft deliveries; however, Boeing expects Customer to provide
updated operational software applications and databases for each Aircraft delivery. Boeing will treat all copies of this software/data in confidence and use the same only as specifically authorized under the terms of this Letter Agreement.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417	  	
	787 Post Delivery Software & Data Loading	  	Page 2

 

 
  
 3.2 The loading services
performed by Boeing pursuant to this Letter Agreement will be performed in a workmanlike manner. The time required to complete the Boeing-performed loading services is estimated to be approximately *** hours per attempt. Customer’s sole remedy
and Boeing’s sole obligation and liability for the loading services performed by Boeing if such courtesy load is not successful the first attempt are limited to re-performance by Boeing of the courtesy load***. 

3.2.1 If any Customer-provided operational software referred to in Article 2.1 above fails to reload successfully, the Aircraft will
be solely configured with the Boeing baseline production software. 
 3.2.2 If any Customer-provided operational software
referred to in Article 2.2 fails to reload successfully, Boeing will not be responsible to make further loading attempts and Aircraft fly-away will occur as scheduled. 
 3.3 If any IFE Customer Software fails to load successfully, Customer shall make alternate loading arrangements with its IFE supplier for loading after the Aircraft has flown-away. In such an event, and
upon Customer’s request, Boeing will install the Boeing baseline production software for the Boeing catalogue selected IFE configuration prior to Aircraft fly-away. 
 3.4 Customer is responsible for functional testing, verification, quality assurance, and operational approval of all Customer-provided operational software. 

3.5 A dual signature (Boeing and Customer) Onboard Authentication System (OAS) *** will be installed on the Aircraft giving access
to Boeing and Customer, which is required to perform data and software loads after title transfer of the Aircraft. After fly-away, Customer will remove Boeing’s access key and certificates from the OAS. 

3.6 Customer will *** Boeing *** the installation or use of Customer-provided operational software by Boeing pursuant to this Letter
Agreement. *** 
 3.7 The DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE and EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND OTHER DAMAGES provisions in Article 11
of Part 2 of Exhibit C of the Aircraft General Terms Agreement (AGTA) between Boeing and Customer and the insurance provisions of Article 8.2 of the AGTA shall apply to Boeing’s loading of all software and data pursuant to
this Letter Agreement. For purposes of this Article 3.7, all software and data provided directly by Boeing will be defined as ***. Title to and risk of loss of the Aircraft will always remain with Customer during Boeing’s
performance of all post title transfer services. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417	  	
	787 Post Delivery Software & Data Loading	  	Page 3

 

 
  
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	By	 	/s/ ***
	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209417	  	
	787 Post Delivery Software & Data Loading	  	Page 4

			
	

	  	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209236 
 United Air Lines, Inc.

 77 West Wacker Drive 
 Chicago,
Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Model Substitution 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (the Aircraft) 

 This Letter Agreement amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement.
All terms used and not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 1. 787-9 Model
Substitution. 
 Customer has the right to substitute from 787-8 Aircraft to 787-9 Aircraft in the same delivery positions,
and similarly from 787-9 Aircraft to 787-8 Aircraft as requested by Customer, subject to availability (Substitution Aircraft), and subject to the following terms and conditions: 

 

	 	1.1.	Airframe Pricing of Substitution Aircraft with General Electric GEnx-*** and Rolls Royce Trent 1000-*** engines ***. Pricing of Substitution Aircraft is subject to
change if a different GEnx or Trent engine model is configured for the Substitution Aircraft 

  

	 	1.2.	Customer shall notify Boeing of such substitution at least *** prior to the scheduled delivery month for the Substitution Aircraft. With this Agreement, Customer ***.
Boeing shall work with Customer to reduce the above flow times as the 787-9 program becomes defined. 

  

	 	1.3.	Prior to commencement of flight and ground testing for the 787-9 Substitution Aircraft, Boeing must have completed flight and ground testing of the 787-8 model
aircraft. 

  

	 	1.4.	The training terms of Supplemental Exhibit CS1 Part 1 of this Purchase Agreement shall apply to the 787-9 Substitution Aircraft. The *** shall not be adjusted as a
result of Customer exercising its Model Substitution right. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209236	  	
	Model Substitution	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 2. *** 

*** 

2.1.    *** 
 2.2.    *** 
 2.3.     *** 

3. Confidential Treatment. 
 Boeing and Customer understand that certain information contained in this Letter Agreement, including any attachments hereto, is considered by both parties to be confidential. Boeing and Customer agree
that each party will treat this Letter Agreement and the information contained herein as confidential and will not, without the other party’s prior written consent, disclose this Letter Agreement or any information contained herein to any other
person or entity except as may be required by applicable law or governmental regulations. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	By	 	/s/ ***
	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	 September 27, 2012

	
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Gerald Laderman

	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer
	
	 Attachments

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209236	  	
	Model Substitution	  	Page 2

			
	

	    	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Spare Parts Commitments 

  

	Reference:	a) Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (the Aircraft) 

 b) Customer Services General Terms Agreement No. 22-1
(CSGTA) between Boeing and Customer 
 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) is entered into of the date set
forth below, and amends and supplements the CSGTA. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the CSGTA, except for “Aircraft” which will have the meaning as defined in the Purchase
Agreement. Unless otherwise stated all references in this Letter Agreement to Articles refer to the Articles contained this Letter Agreement. In consideration of Customer’s purchase of the Aircraft, the commitments described in this Letter
Agreement will continue for as long as Customer owns or operates the Aircraft. 
 1. Definitions. 

1.1 “Customer’s Demand Date” means the delivery date specified by Customer in its Order to Boeing for a Spare Part.

 1.2 “Customer Hold Time” means the period of time between the date on which Boeing requests a decision,
information or act from Customer and the date Customer provides such decision or information or performs such act, which such decision, information or performance of act is necessary for Boeing to continue the spares order action. This includes, but
is not limited to time expended (i) waiting for Customer’s clarification of missing order data or Customer’s approval of Boeing’s quote for goods or services, (ii) resolving order discrepancies or technical discrepancies,
(iii) obtaining engineering decisions from Customer, (iv) waiting for receipt of a part which has been shipped to a location other than the designated 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 
Boeing service center, and (v) resolving any Boeing constraints on processing an Order due to the status of Customer’s credit with Boeing. Should Customer reply to Boeing within *** of
Boeing’s request for a decision, information or act, such time shall not be considered Customer Hold Time. 
 1.3
“Beyond Economic Repair” or “BER” is the term applied to a part whose repair or overhaul cost will exceed ***% of Boeing’s then current price for a new such replacement part. 

1.4 “Order Date” means the date on which an Order is established in accordance with the provisions of the CSGTA.

 1.5 “Shelf Stock Part” means at any time a Spares Prone Part that has been ordered *** from Boeing within
the most recent consecutive *** period. Additionally, for the *** months after delivery of Boeing’s first 787 aircraft, *** applicable to the 787 shall also be considered Shelf Stock Parts. 

1.6 “Spares Prone Part” means a Boeing Spare Part that is identified and recommended by Boeing in its provisioning data
as a part that for the life of the aircraft can be expected to be replaced during normal aircraft line maintenance or during overhaul of line replaceable units ***. 
 2. Delivery Commitment for New Spare Parts. 
 2.1 Boeing will deliver
in accordance with the provisions of the CSGTA within the lead times specified below, Boeing Spare Parts other than (i) Boeing Spare Parts ordered as part of Customer’s initial provisioning for an aircraft or (ii) kits; provided that
such Boeing Spare Parts are Ordered after either October 1, 2005, or the execution of this Letter Agreement, whichever is later, and is offerable by Boeing for an aircraft model in production on the Order Date (Continuous Production).

 2.1.1 A Shelf Stock Part will ship either (i) in not more than *** calendar days from its Order Date, or (ii) in
time to meet Customer’s Demand Date if such Demand Date is later than *** calendar days. 
 2.1.2 A Spares Prone Part that
is not a Shelf Stock Part will ship either (i) in not more than *** calendar days from its Order Date, or (ii) in time to meet Customer’s Demand Date, whichever is later. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 2

 

 
  
 2.2 For Boeing Spare Parts
not in Continuous Production on the Order Date, Boeing will expend reasonable efforts to meet Customer’s Demand Date. To this extent, *** has *** that Boeing Spare Parts for 787 Aircraft not in Continuous Production because of *** in *** by a
*** part, which such new part is 1) not ***, or 2) significantly *** in *** compared to the concerned *** Part not in Continuous Production, be treated as a part in Continuous Production for the *** from date of first 787 delivery to Customer for
purposes of this Article 2. *** cannot *** to Customer’s above request*** with *** to establish a *** delivery support program for such parts. 
 2.3 For all other Boeing Spare Parts, order commitments shall be per the CSGTA. Should Customer desire to enter into a specific delivery agreement for such other Boeing Spare Parts, Boeing is receptive to
enter into discussions with Customer. 
 3. Remedies Regarding Delivery. 

3.1 If Boeing anticipates it will be unable to ship a Boeing Spare Part within the applicable commitment time described in Article 2.1, if
reasonably practicable Boeing will *** 
 3.2 If as a result of an action described in Article 3.1, Boeing provides to Customer
the applicable Boeing Spare Part within the commitment period described in Article 2.1 or ***and, in either case, thereafter completes the Order as soon as such Boeing Spare Part is available for shipment, Boeing shall be deemed to have satisfied
the commitments described in Article 2.1. 
 3.3 Subject to the limitations described in Article 3.4, if Boeing does not satisfy
the requirements of Article 2.1 through one or more of the actions described in Article 3.1, Boeing will ***such Boeing Spare Part. 
 3.4 The provisions of Article 3.3 will not apply to delay in delivery which (i) is due to the failure of Customer’s carrier to take possession of the Boeing Spare Parts, or (ii) is
otherwise excused by applicable law or contract, including without limitation any provisions relating to Excusable Delay. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 3

 

 
  
 3.5 The remedies described
in this Article 3 are Customer’s exclusive remedies for Boeing’s failure to comply with the provisions of Articles 2.1 and are in lieu of all other damages, claims and remedies of Customer arising at law or otherwise for any failure to
meet Customer’s delivery requirements. Customer hereby waives and renounces all other claims and remedies arising at law or otherwise for any such failure to meet Customer’s delivery requirements. 

4. Spare Part Price Escalation.  
 Beginning with the Spares Catalog in effect in *** and for each Spares Catalog released thereafter, (i) the *** the Spare Parts listed in both the then current Spares Catalog and the Spares Catalog
in effect prior to the then current Spares Catalog will ***, and (ii) *** an individual Spare Part listed in both the then current Spares Catalog and the Spares Catalog in effect prior to the then current Spares Catalog will ***. 

5. Spare Part Price Formula.  
 5.1 The formula used to determine the *** for Spare Parts listed in both the then current Spares Catalog and the Spares Catalog in effect prior to the then current Spares Catalog (Spares Adjusted
Price) is as follows: 
 *** 
 5.2. If the *** substantially revises the methodology used for the determination of the values to be used to determine the *** and *** values (in contrast to benchmark adjustments or other corrections of
previously released values), or for any reason has not released values needed to determine the applicable Spares Adjusted Price, Boeing will select a substitute from other *** data or similar data reported by non-governmental organizations. Such
substitute will result in the same adjustment, insofar as possible, as would have been calculated utilizing the original values adjusted for fluctuation during the applicable time period. 

5.3 Any rounding of a number, as required under this Article 5 will be accomplished as follows: if the first digit of the portion to be
dropped from the number to be rounded is five or greater, the preceding digit will be raised to the next highest number. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 4

 

 
  
 6. Processing Time Commitment for
Spare Prone Parts Returned for Repair or Overhaul. 
 6.1 The processing time commitments in this Article 6 are for any
Spares Prone Part which (i) is in Continuous Production at the time such Spares Prone Part is returned to Boeing for repair or overhaul, (ii) is returned to Boeing for repair or overhaul either after October 1, 2005, or the execution
of this Letter Agreement, whichever is later, (iii) has a new part list price of less than $***and (iv) is not a ***. A Spares Prone Part meeting the criteria defined in this Article 6.1 shall be called a “Qualifying In-Production
Spares Prone Part.” 
 6.2 Boeing will repair or overhaul any Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part in
(i) *** calendar days for 787 model aircraft and (ii) *** calendar days for all other models of Boeing aircraft, in each case calculated as specified in Article 6.3. 
 6.3 The number days expended by Boeing in processing the repair or overhaul, will be determined by calculating the number of days which elapse between the date Boeing takes delivery of the applicable
Qualifying In-Production Spare Prone Part and the date of shipment of such repaired or overhauled Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part minus any days during that period in which due to Customer Hold Time Boeing does not process the applicable
overhaul or repair during either all or a portion of Boeing’s standard eight hour work day. 
 6.4 Boeing will ***
Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part, and (ii) repairs or overhauls that extend beyond normal wear and tear for any Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part. To this extent, for 787 Aircraft parts that become classified as not
Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part because of replacement in production by a new part, Customer has requested that *** for the purposes of this Article 6. Boeing *** Customer’s request*** with Customer to establish a *** delivery
support program for such parts. 
 7. Remedies Regarding Processing Time. 

7.1 If Boeing anticipates it will be unable to meet the processing time commitments established in Article 6.2, if reasonably practicable
Boeing will *** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 5

 

 
  
 7.2 If as a result of an
action described in Article 7.1, Boeing provides to Customer a suitable repaired or overhauled Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part within the commitment periods described in Article 6.2, or ***, and in either case, thereafter completes the
applicable contract as soon as such repaired or overhauled part is available for shipment, Boeing will be deemed to have satisfied the commitments described in Article 6.2. 
 7.3 Subject to the limitations described in Article 7.4, if Boeing does not satisfy the requirements of Article 6.2 through one or more of the actions described in Article 7.1, Boeing will *** Spares
Prone Part. 
 7.4 The provisions of Article 7.3 will not apply to delay in delivery which is due to (i) Customer Hold
Time, (ii) the failure of Customer’s carrier to take possession of the applicable Qualifying In-Production Spares Prone Part, or (iii) is otherwise permitted by applicable law or contract, including without limitation any provisions
relating to Excusable Delay. 
 7.5 The remedies provided in this Article 7 are Customer’s exclusive remedies for
Boeing’s failure to comply with the provisions of Article 6.2 and are in lieu of all other damages, claims and remedies of Customer arising at law or otherwise for any failure to meet Customer’s delivery requirements. Customer hereby
waives and renounces all other claims and remedies arising at law or otherwise for any such failure to meet Customer’s delivery requirements. 
 8. Substitution for Obsolete Spare Parts. 
 After delivery of the
first Aircraft, if any unused and undamaged Spare Part purchased by Customer from Boeing for the Aircraft, or other aircraft in Customer’s fleet of the same model type, is rendered obsolete and unusable due to a Boeing initiated change that
results in a redesign of the Aircraft or any accessory, equipment or part thereof, (other than a redesign at Customer’s request), Boeing will make available to Customer a replacement part at the detail part level on a *** substitution basis
provided Customer requests such substitution from Boeing in writing within *** of delivery of the affected Spare Part to Customer. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 6

 

 
  
 9. Order of Precedence.

 In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Letter Agreement and the terms of any other provisions of the CSGTA
No. 22-1, the terms of this Letter Agreement shall control. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	By 	 	/s/ ***
	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact

  

			
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date: 	 	September 27, 2012
		 	

  

			
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By 	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209412
	Spare Parts Commitments	  	Page 7

			
	

	    	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Special Matters 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) 

	    	between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United 

	    	Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787 aircraft (Aircraft) 

This Letter Agreement amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used and not defined in this Letter Agreement have the
same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 1. Credit Memoranda. 

1.1. 787-8 Credit Memoranda. 
 In consideration of Customer’s purchase of Model 787-8 Aircraft, Boeing shall issue at the time of delivery of each Aircraft and Option Aircraft, a credit memorandum in an amount equal to ***. The
credit memorandum is *** airframe *** the Aircraft Price ***. Customer may apply such credit memorandum to *** Aircraft. 
 1.2.
787-9 Credit Memoranda. 
 In consideration of Customer’s purchase of Model 787-9 Aircraft, Boeing shall issue at
the time of delivery of each Aircraft and Option Aircraft, a credit memorandum in an amount equal to ***. The credit memorandum is *** airframe *** the Aircraft Price ***. Customer may apply such credit memorandum to *** Aircraft. 

2. Model 787 *** 
 Boeing
*** the offer contained herein *** with the *** specified in ***. Furthermore, if *** the 787 aircraft *** Boeing *** 787 ***, Boeing will *** to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement to ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413
	Special Matters	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 2.1 787-8 ***.

 Boeing shall issue at the time of delivery of each 787-8 Aircraft *** a credit memorandum in an amount equal to ***. The
credit memorandum is *** airframe *** the Aircraft Price ***. Customer may apply such credit memorandum to *** Aircraft. 
 2.2
787-9 ***. 
 Boeing shall issue at the time of delivery of each 787-9 Aircraft *** a credit memorandum in an amount
equal to ***. The credit memorandum is *** airframe *** the Aircraft Price ***. Customer may apply such credit memorandum to *** Aircraft. 
 3.
*** 
 *** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413
	Special Matters	  	Page 2

 

 
  
 4. Payment ***. 

4.1 *** Firm Aircraft. Customer agrees *** on *** for all firm and exercised Option Aircraft *** the date on which *** the date on
which *** shall be *** and *** day of *** and on the delivery date of *** Aircraft ***. (Note: the *** above will be *** for the *** the *** on the *** for *** would be *** for ***.) 

4.2 Delivery *** Impact on ***. If the delivery of any Aircraft *** to either an *** or a ***, then *** on the *** in respect of
such Aircraft will *** the *** the *** of the *** to the *** of delivery of the Aircraft. *** of any *** that *** to the *** of the *** but *** will be *** on the *** set forth in Paragraph 4.1 of this Letter Agreement or *** of the Aircraft***.

 4.3 Boeing ***. Boeing shall submit to Customer, not less than *** prior to the end of ***, an ***. Customer’s
*** is *** Boeing *** of the ***. Boeing’s *** will show *** each Aircraft *** have been ***. The *** will also *** with respect to other aircraft in other purchase agreements between Customer and Boeing. 

5. Option Aircraft ***. 

5.1 *** Option Aircraft Letter Agreement UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265, Boeing *** 787 Option Aircraft. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413
	Special Matters	  	Page 3

 

 
  
 5.2 *** Boeing and
Customer *** that *** Option Aircraft*** Option Aircraft. 
 6. *** 
 Boeing *** at the time of delivery of each Aircraft *** and ***. 
 7. Model Substitution.

 Except as provided in paragraph 1 of Letter Agreement UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414, Customer has a substitution right to change an
Aircraft to any model of 787-*** or a 787-*** aircraft (Substitution Aircraft) per Model Substitution Letter Agreement UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209236. The following terms also apply to Substitution Aircraft: 

7.1. *** 
 ***

 7.2. *** 
 *** 
 8. Aircraft Invoices. 

Upon Customer request, at the time of Aircraft delivery Boeing agrees to provide a separate invoice addressed to the owner/trustee of such
Aircraft specifying the dollar amount to be received at the time of delivery. *** 
 9. Assignment of Credits. 

Customer may not assign the credit memoranda described in this Letter Agreement without Boeing’s prior written consent *** Boeing ***
Customer in respect of an Aircraft. 
 10. Confidential Treatment. 
 Boeing and Customer understand that certain information contained in this Letter Agreement, including any attachments hereto, is considered by both parties to be confidential. Boeing and Customer agree
that each party will treat this Letter Agreement and the information contained herein as confidential and will not, without the other party’s prior written consent, disclose this Letter Agreement or any information contained herein to any other
person or entity except as may be required by applicable law or governmental regulations. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413
	Special Matters	  	Page 4

 

 
  
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	 By
	 	/s/ ***
	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact

  

			
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	September 27, 2012

  

			
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209413
	Special Matters	  	Page 5

			
	

	    	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Other Special Matters 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between Boeing and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787 aircraft
(Aircraft) 

 This Letter Agreement amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used and not defined in this
Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 1. Aircraft Substitution. 

Notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, the UAL Aircraft scheduled for delivery in years *** in Table 1 may *** such Aircraft ***.

 2. Option Aircraft Exercise. 
 Customer’s Option Aircraft in Letter UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209265 are scheduled ***. Upon exercise, each the Option Aircraft will *** which Boeing will *** to ***. 

3. Changes to *** 

Customer, Continental Airlines, Inc., and Boeing have previously entered into agreements regarding *** for certain model 757, 767 and 777
aircraft. Boeing hereby agrees that *** which Customer and/or United Airlines, Inc. may purchase under such agreements, will *** by Customer and Continental Airlines, Inc. ***. Boeing will provide *** to *** Customer and Continental Airlines, Inc.
which *** under such agreements. 
 4. *** Aircraft *** 
 The rights and obligations of Customer and Boeing for any *** delivery of the Aircraft *** the Purchase Agreement or the delivery *** will be as follows and as set forth in Paragraph 4: 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414
	Other Special Matters	  	Page 1

 

 
  
 4.1 For an *** (as defined
in *** of the AGTA), in the delivery of an Aircraft *** the Purchase Agreement or the delivery ***, Article *** of the AGTA shall apply. 
 4.2. A *** is defined as any *** delivery of any Aircraft *** the Purchase Agreement or the delivery *** for exercised Option Aircraft *** pursuant to Article *** of the AGTA. 

4.2.1 Customer will *** an Aircraft *** the Purchase Agreement or (ii) an exercised Option Aircraft *** to a *** of the *** for such
Aircraft *** such Delivery Date (the ***); provided that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to any Aircraft for which the applicable purchase agreement has been terminated pursuant to ***. 

4.2.2 For *** of the delivery date in Table 1 to the Purchase Agreement. All other terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement will
remain in effect *** Aircraft. 
 4.2.3 For a *** Customer *** the Purchase Agreement *** such Aircraft so delayed (including
exercised Option Aircraft). *** Boeing *** delivery date of an Aircraft, *** to Customer ***. So long as Boeing provides ***, Customer agrees to give *** after the occurrence of either (i) the date of ***, or (ii) *** Aircraft informing
Customer of *** Aircraft *** is *** the delivery *** Boeing in respect of which Customer ***. In addition: 
 4.2.3.1 For
Aircraft in the Purchase Agreement *** such Aircraft has *** the delivery date in Table 1 to the Purchase Agreement and *** Boeing *** Customer *** the Aircraft *** with respect to the *** of such Aircraft *** with respect to such Aircraft are
referred to herein as *** and shall be *** Aircraft. The *** under this Paragraph 6.2.3.1 *** Customer *** will ***. All other terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement will remain in effect for that Aircraft. 

4.2.3.2 For Aircraft in the Purchase Agreement *** Boeing *** Customer *** with respect to the *** of such Aircraft *** Aircraft ***.
The *** under this Paragraph 4.2.3.2 *** Customer *** will ***. 
 4.2.3.3 For exercised Option Aircraft, if the *** respective
Aircraft is *** such Aircraft has ***, then (x) *** Boeing and (y) *** the delivery date of such Aircraft in Table 1 to the Purchase Agreement. 
 4.2.3.4 For exercised Option Aircraft, if the ***, then *** the terms of this Agreement *** Boeing. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414
	Other Special Matters	  	Page 2

 

 
  
 4.2.4 If Customer elects
to *** with respect to any Aircraft as provided in Paragraph 4.2.3 above, such *** such Aircraft under the Purchase Agreement including but not limited to all ***, and 
 (i) Boeing *** Customer for the respective Aircraft, and 
 (ii) Boeing may elect,
by written notice to Customer within *** thereafter, to *** the Aircraft *** Customer. 
 4.2.5 if the period of ***, then
Customer ***. 
 4.3 Boeing acknowledges that it is not intended that this Agreement *** any of Customer’s Aircraft.
Accordingly, Boeing agrees that Customer *** 787 aircraft *** and that Boeing *** Customer’s 787 ***. 
 5. ***. 

Customer agrees that the *** in this Letter Agreement are *** Aircraft *** in Table 1 to the Purchase Agreement *** and *** and are ***
Customer *** in connection with such *** of any *** Customer in connection with ***. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer *** may have under the Purchase Agreement *** Aircraft ***. Provided that Boeing *** Customer the *** in this Letter Agreement
with respect to ***, Customer *** Boeing ***. 
 6. ***. 
 Customer agrees that *** under the Purchase Agreement *** with Boeing and *** Customer *** notice from Boeing *** it may have *** Boeing *** Customer with at least *** written notice of its intent to do
so, *** Customer under the *** to ***, provided, however, that Boeing *** under the Purchase Agreement with respect to any Aircraft that is subject to ***. If Boeing *** Customer ***, absent instruction from Boeing to the contrary, Customer ***
that the *** to the *** under the Purchase Agreement. Nothing herein shall constitute ***. Boeing ***. 
 7. Assignment 

The rights and obligations described in this Letter Agreement are provided in consideration of Customer (or any successor) taking delivery
of their respective Aircraft and becoming the operator of such Aircraft. This Agreement cannot be assigned, in whole or in part, by one party without the prior written consent of the 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414
	Other Special Matters	  	Page 3

 

 
  
 
other party; provided that a party may assign its interest to a corporation that (i) results from any merger or reorganization of such party or (ii) acquires substantially all the
assets of such party. 
 8. Confidential Treatment. 
 The information contained herein represents confidential business information and has value precisely because it is not available generally or to other parties. Without obtaining the prior written consent
of the other parties and except as required by law, each party will limit the disclosure of its contents to its employees who have a need to know for purposes of helping such party perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement and who will
treat the information as confidential. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	By	 	/s/ ***
	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact

  

			
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	September 27, 2012

  

			
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209414
	Other Special Matters	  	Page 4

			
	

	    	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209416 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Promotional Support 

  

	Reference:      a)	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to Model 787-8 aircraft
(the Aircraft) 

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not
defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 In support of Customer’s marketing and promotion
programs associated with the launch of the Model 787 and introduction of the Aircraft into service, Boeing agrees *** Customer’s external expenses for such programs for *** before and *** after delivery of the first Aircraft. Boeing will match
Customer’s external expenses up to $*** (*** Dollars) for the first Aircraft and up to $*** (*** Dollars) for each additional Aircraft up to a maximum of *** total Aircraft. These programs may include *** promotion programs and advertising
campaigns. 
 Boeing’s obligation to provide this *** support will commence at the time the purchase of the Aircraft becomes firm (not
subject to cancellation by either party) and terminate *** months after the delivery of the first Aircraft. Boeing will provide payment of *** upon receipt of copies of invoices detailing such expenses incurred within the period of time *** months
prior to the scheduled delivery of the first Aircraft and *** months after the actual delivery of the first Aircraft to Customer. There will be no cash payments or other support in lieu thereof. 

Following the execution of this Letter Agreement, a Boeing Airline Marketing Services representative will meet with Customer’s designated
representative to discuss the extent, selection, scheduling, and *** process for the program. 
 Customer understands that certain commercial
and financial information contained in this Letter Agreement is considered by Boeing as confidential. Customer agrees that it will treat this Letter Agreement and the information contained herein as confidential and will not, without the prior
written consent of Boeing, disclose this Letter Agreement or any information contained herein to any other person or entity. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209416
	Promotional Support	  	Page 1

 

 
  
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	By	 	/s/ ***
	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact

  

			
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	September 27, 2012

  

			
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209416
	Promotional Support	  	Page 2

			
	

	    	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box
3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

  

 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Performance Guarantees 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (the Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (the Aircraft) 

 This Letter Agreement amends and supplements the Purchase Agreement.
All terms used and not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 Boeing agrees to
provide Customer with the performance guarantees in the Attachments hereto. The performance guarantees in the Attachment specific to the GENX-1B*** or Trent 1000-*** engine model for the 787-8 and GENX-1B*** or Trent 1000-*** engine model for the
787-9, are subject to change if a different GEnx or Trent model is configured for the Aircraft. These guarantees are exclusive and expire upon delivery of the Aircraft to Customer. 

Boeing and Customer understand that certain information contained in this Letter Agreement, including any attachments hereto, is
considered by both parties to be confidential. Boeing and Customer agree that each party will treat this Letter Agreement and the information contained herein as confidential and will not, without the other party’s prior written consent,
disclose this Letter Agreement or any information contained herein to any other person or entity except as may be required by applicable law or governmental regulations. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430
	Performance Guarantees – 787 Aircraft	  	Page 1

 

 
  
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

THE BOEING COMPANY

		
	By	 	/s/ ***
	Its	 	Attorney-In-Fact

  

			
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
		
	Date:	 	September 27, 2012

  

			
	United Air Lines, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
	Its	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430
	Performance Guarantees – 787 Aircraft	  	Page 2

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 1 
  

MODEL 787-8 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES 
 FOR UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
  

					
	SECTION	 	CONTENTS	 	 
			
	 1
	 	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY	 	
			
	 2
	 	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE	 	
			
	 3
	 	MANUFACTURER’S EMPTY WEIGHT	 	
			
	 4
	 	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION	 	
			
	 5
	 	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS	 	
			
	 6
	 	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE	 	
			
	 7
	 	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES	 	

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 2 
  

 

	1	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY 

 The guarantees contained in this Attachment (the “Performance Guarantees”) are applicable to the 787-8 Aircraft with a maximum takeoff weight of *** pounds, a maximum landing weight of ***
pounds, and a maximum zero fuel weight of *** pounds, and equipped with Boeing furnished GEnx-1B*** engines. 
  

	2	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 

  

	2.1	Enroute One-Engine-Inoperative Altitude 

 The FAA approved gross weight at an enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude of *** feet at which the available gross climb gradient equals *** percent on an ISA+10°C day using not more than maximum
continuous thrust, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

  

	2.2	Altitude Capability—All Engines Operating 

  

	2.2.1	The altitude capability at a gross weight of *** pounds, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be less than
the following guarantee value: 

  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Feet
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Feet
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Feet

  

							
		 		 	Conditions:	 	
		 		 	1)	 	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust.
		 		 	2)	 	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust.
		 		 	3)	 	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset.

  

	2.2.2	The gross weight capability at an altitude of *** feet, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be less than
the following guarantee value: 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 3 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

 

	2.3	Mission 

  

	2.3.1	Mission Range 

 The still
air range with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Nautical Miles
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Nautical Miles
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Nautical Miles

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
		
	 Still Air Range:
	  	The still air range is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is *** the airport conditions.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 4 
  

			
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	 The destination airport altitude is *** airport.

		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 5 
  

			
	
	 Taxi-Out:

		
	    Fuel	  	*** Pounds
	
	 Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:

		
	     Fuel
	  	*** Pounds
	     Distance
	  	*** Nautical Miles
	
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:

		
	     Fuel
	  	*** Pounds
	
	 Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):

		
	     Fuel
	  	*** Pounds
	
	 Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds

	
	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day
at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.2	Mission Payload 

The payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot
headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
		
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 6 
  

									
		 	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		 	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		 	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		 	The runway slope is *** percent uphill.
		
		 	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:
					
	 	 	 	 	Distance	 	Height	 	 
		 	        1.	 	*** feet	 	*** feet	 	
		 	        2.	 	*** feet	 	*** feet	 	
		
		 	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		 	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	 	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and
landing gear.
		
	 Climb:
	 	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		 	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		 	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		 	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		 	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	 	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 7 
  

							
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	 The temperature is standard day during descent.

		
	 Approach and

Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
			
		  	Taxi-Out:	  	
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
			
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:	  	
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
			
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	  	
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
			
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):	  	
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 8 
  

For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a ***
minute cruise on a standard day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds 
  

	2.3.3	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
		
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent downhill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 9 
  

					
	 	  	Distance	  	Height
	 1.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 2.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 3.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 4.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 5.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 6.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 7.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 8.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	 9.
	  	*** feet	  	*** feet

  

			
		
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 10 
  

 

							
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 11 
  

 

	2.3.4	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	Stage Length:	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	Takeoff:	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent uphill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  

							
	 	  	Distance	 	  	        Height
	1.	  	 	*** feet	  	  	        *** feet

  

			
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 12 
  

 

			
	Climbout Maneuver:	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	Descent:	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 13 
  

							
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.5	Mission Block Fuel 

 The
block fuel for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be more than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	Stage Length:	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 14 
  

 

			
	Block Fuel:	  	The block fuel is defined as the sum of the fuel used for taxi-out, takeoff and climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, descent, approach and landing maneuver, and
taxi-in.
		
	Takeoff:	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is not limited by the airport conditions.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	Climbout Maneuver:	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 15 
  

							
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is a *** airport.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a ***minute cruise on a standard day
at an ***Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.6	Operational Empty Weight Basis 

 The Operational Empty Weight (OEW) derived in Paragraph 2.3.7 is the basis for the mission guarantees of Paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4, and 2.3.5. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 16 
  

 

	2.3.7	Weight Summary—United Airlines 

  

					
	 	  	Pounds	 
	 Standard Model Specification MEW
	  	 	***	  
	 787 Airplane Configuration Specification Addendum, ***,
	  			
	 ***
	  			
	 *** (*** CC / *** YC) Interior
	  			
	 GEnx Engines
	  			
	 *** Lb. Maximum Taxi Weight
	  			
	 *** USG Fuel Capacity
	  			
		
	 Changes for United Airlines*
	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
		
	 United Airlines Manufacturer’s Empty Weight (MEW)
	  	 	***	  
		
	 Standard and Operational Items Allowance (Paragraph 2.3.8)
	  	 	***	  
		
	 United Airlines Operational Empty Weight (OEW)
	  	 	***	  

  

													
	 	  	Quantity	 	  	Pounds	 	  	Pounds	 
	 Seat Weight Included*
	  				  				  	 	***	  
				
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
				
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
				
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
				
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 17 
  

	2.3.8	Standard and Operational Items Allowance 

  

																	
	 	  	Qty	 	  	lb	 	  	lb	 	  	lb	 
	 Standard Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  
					
	 Unusable Fuel
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Oil
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Oxygen Equipment
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Portable Oxygen Bottles
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Miscellaneous Equipment
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 First Aid Kits
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Crash Axe
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Megaphones
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Flashlights
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Smoke Goggles
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Smoke Hoods
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Galley Structure & Fixed Inserts (*** cu ft @ *** lb/cu ft)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Operational Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  
	 Crew and Crew Baggage
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Flight Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Cabin Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Baggage (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Navigation Bags & Manuals (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Catering Allowance & Removable Inserts: *** Meal Service
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 First Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Business Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Economy Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Tourist Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Passenger Service Equipment (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Potable Water—(180 USG)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Waste Tank Disinfectant
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Emergency Equipment (Includes Over Water Equip.)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Slide Rafts: Main Entry
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Life Vests
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Locator Transmitter
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Cargo System
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Pallets (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Containers (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Total Standard and Operational Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 18 
  

 

	3	SOUND LEVELS 

  

	3.1	Community Sound Levels 

The Aircraft shall be certified in accordance with the requirements of 14 CFR Part 36, Stage 4 and ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1,
Chapter 4. 
  

	3.2	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule 

 The Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule shall not be less than *** EPNdB. 
  

	3.3	Departure Condition 

 The
sound level for Departure Noise shall be defined as the numerical average of flyover (with thrust cutback) and lateral noise certification values. The Departure Noise level for this aircraft with a brake release gross weight of *** pounds shall
qualify this aircraft for the London “QC1” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

GUARANTEE:                    ***
EPNdB 
  

	3.4	Arrival Condition 

 The
sound level for Arrival Noise shall be defined as *** EPNdB less than the approach noise certification value. The Arrival Noise level for this aircraft with a landing gross weight of *** pounds shall qualify this aircraft for the London
“QC1” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

GUARANTEE:                    ***
EPNdB 
  

	4	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

  

	4.1	The guarantees contained in this Attachment are based on the Aircraft configuration as defined in Boeing Document ***, plus any changes mutually agreed to or
otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement to be incorporated into the original release of the Customer’s Detail Specification (hereinafter referred to as the Detail Specification). Appropriate adjustment shall be made for changes in such
Detail Specification approved by the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement which cause changes to the flight performance and/or weight and balance of the Aircraft. Such adjustment shall be accounted for by Boeing in its
evidence of compliance with the guarantees. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 19 
  

 

	4.2	The guarantee payloads of Paragraph 2.3.2, 2.3.3, and 2.3.4, the specified payload of the Paragraph 2.3.5 block fuel guarantee, and the specified payload of the
Paragraph 2.3.1 range guarantee will be adjusted by Boeing for the effect of the following on OEW in its evidence of compliance with the guarantees: 

 (1) Changes to the Detail Specification or any other changes mutually agreed upon between the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement. 

(2) The difference between the seat weight allowances to be incorporated into the Detail Specification and the actual weights. 

 

	5	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS 

  

	5.1	All guaranteed performance data are based on the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) and specified variations therefrom; altitudes are pressure altitudes.

  

	5.2	The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations referred to in this Attachment are, unless otherwise specified, Code of Federal Regulations 14,
Part 25 amended by Amendments 25-1 through 25-117, subject to the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration. 

  

	5.3	In the event a change is made to any law, governmental regulation or requirement, or in the interpretation of any such law, governmental regulation or
requirement that affects the certification basis for the Aircraft as described in Paragraphs 3.1 or 5.2, and as a result thereof, a change is made to the configuration and/or the performance of the Aircraft in order to obtain certification, the
guarantees set forth in this Attachment shall be appropriately modified to reflect any such change. 

  

	5.4	The takeoff portion of the mission guarantees are based on hard surface, level and dry runways with no wind or obstacles, no clearway or stopway, *** mph tires,
with anti-skid operative. The takeoff performance is based on an alternate forward center of gravity limit of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. The takeoff performance is based on engine power extraction for normal operation of the air
conditioning with thermal anti-icing turned off and ***. Unbalanced field length calculations and the improved climb performance procedure will be used for takeoff as required. 

 

	5.5	The enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude guarantee is based on engine power extraction for air conditioning with one pack operating. No engine power
extraction for thermal anti-icing is provided unless otherwise specified. *** 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 20 
  

 

	5.6	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees include allowances for normal power
extraction and engine power extraction for normal operation of the air conditioning system. Normal operation of the air conditioning system shall be defined as pack switches in the “Auto” position, the temperature control switches in the
“Auto” position that results in a nominal cabin temperature of ***°F, and all air conditioning systems operating normally. No engine power extraction for thermal anti-icing is provided unless otherwise specified. ***

  

	5.7	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees are based on an Aircraft center of gravity
location, as determined by Boeing, not to be aft of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. 

  

	5.8	Performance, where applicable, is based on a fuel Lower Heating Value (LHV) of *** BTU per pound and a fuel density of *** pounds per U.S. gallon.

  

	5.9	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 rule shall be defined as ***dB less than the sum of the differences between the three
certification values (flyover with cutback, peak lateral, and approach) of the Aircraft with respect to the three noise limits defined in ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 3 and 14 CFR Part 36 Stage 3. 

 

	6	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE 

  

	6.1	Compliance with the guarantees of Sections 2 and 3 shall be based on the conditions specified in those sections, the Aircraft configuration of
Section 4 and the guarantee conditions of Section 5. 

  

	6.2	Compliance with the enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude, the buffet onset portion of altitude capability guarantee, the takeoff portion of the mission
guarantee, and the community sound level guarantees shall be based on the FAA approved Airplane Flight Manual for the Model 787-8. 

  

	6.3	Compliance with the all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees shall be established by
calculations based on flight test data obtained from an aircraft in a configuration similar to that defined by the Detail Specification. 

  

	6.4	The OEW used for compliance with the mission guarantees shall be the actual MEW plus the Standard and Operational Items Allowance in Paragraph 03-60-00 of the
Detail Specification. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A1 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B*** Engines 

Page 21 
  

 

	6.5	The data derived from tests shall be adjusted as required by conventional methods of correction, interpolation or extrapolation in accordance with established
engineering practices to show compliance with these guarantees. 

  

	6.6	Compliance shall be based on the performance of the airframe and engines in combination, and shall not be contingent on the engine meeting its
manufacturer’s performance specification. 

  

	7	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES 

 The
only performance guarantees applicable to the Aircraft are those set forth in this Attachment. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0908C	  	SS09-0285

  
 Attachment A2 

UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines

 Page 1 

 MODEL 787-8 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES 

FOR UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
  

					
	SECTION	 	CONTENTS	 	 
	1	 	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY	 	
			
	2	 	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE	 	
			
	3	 	SOUND LEVELS	 	
			
	4	 	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION	 	
			
	5	 	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS	 	
			
	6	 	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE	 	
			
	7	 	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES	 	

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 2 
  

	1.	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY 

 The guarantees contained in this Attachment (the “Performance Guarantees”) are applicable to the 787-8 Aircraft with a maximum takeoff weight of *** pounds, a maximum landing weight of ***
pounds, and a maximum zero fuel weight of *** pounds, and equipped with Boeing furnished Trent 1000-*** engines. 
  

	2.	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 

  

	2.1	Enroute One-Engine-Inoperative Altitude 

 The FAA approved gross weight at an enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude of *** feet at which the available gross climb gradient equals *** percent on an ISA+10°C day using not more than maximum
continuous thrust, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

  

	2.2	Altitude Capability—All Engines Operating 

  

	2.2.1	The altitude capability at a gross weight of *** pounds, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 

  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Feet
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Feet
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Feet

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 3 
  

	2.2.2	The gross weight capability at an altitude of *** feet, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 

  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

 

	2.3	Mission 

  

	2.3.1	Mission Range 

 The still
air range with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Nautical Miles
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Nautical Miles
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Nautical Miles

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Still Air Range:
	  	The still air range is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is *** the airport conditions.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 4 
  

			
	 Climb:
	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is a *** airport.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 5 
  

					
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
			
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver
			
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.2	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***F.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 6 
  

									
		 	 The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.

		
		 	 The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.

		
		 	 The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.

		
		 	 The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.

		
		 	 The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.

		
		 	 The runway slope is *** percent uphill.

		
		 	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:
					
	 	 	 	 	Distance	 	Height	 	 
		 	         1.
	 	*** feet	 	*** feet	 	
		 	         2.
	 	*** feet	 	*** feet	 	
		
		 	 Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.

		
		 	 The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.

		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	 	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	 	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		 	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		 	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		 	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		 	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 7 
  

							
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 8 
  

			
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day at an ***
Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.3	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent downhill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 9 
  

									
	 	 	 	  	Distance	  	Height	  	 
		 	        1.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        2.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        3.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        4.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        5.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        6.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        7.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        8.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		 	        9.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		
		 	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		 	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver
	 	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and
landing gear.
		
	 Climb:
	 	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		 	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		 	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		 	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		 	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	 	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		 	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		 	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during cruise.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 10 
  

							
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 11 
  

	2.3.4	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

													
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent uphill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:
	  	  	 	  	Distance	 	  	Height	 	  	 
		  	        1.	  	 	*** feet	  	  	 	*** feet	  	  	
		
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 12 
  

			
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 13 
  

							
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.5	Mission Block Fuel 

 The
block fuel for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be more than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 14 
  

			
	 Block Fuel:
	  	The block fuel is defined as the sum of the fuel used for taxi-out, takeoff and climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, descent, approach and landing maneuver, and
taxi-in.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is not limited by the airport conditions.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 15 
  

							
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** airport.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		  	        Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles	  	
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
				
		  	        Fuel	  	*** Pounds	  	
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds

  

	2.3.6	Operational Empty Weight Basis 

 The Operational Empty Weight (OEW) derived in Paragraph 2.3.7 is the basis for the mission guarantees of Paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4, and 2.3.5. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 16 
  

	2.3.7	Weight Summary—United Airlines 

  

			
	 	  	Pounds
	 Standard Model Specification MEW
	  	***
	 787 Airplane Configuration Specification Addendum, ***
	  	
	 *** *** CC / *** YC) Interior
	  	
	 Trent 1000 Engines
	  	
	 *** Lb. Maximum Taxi Weight
	  	
	 *** USG Fuel Capacity
	  	
		
	 Changes for United Airlines*
	  	
	 ***
	  	***
	 ***
	  	
	 ***
	  	***
	 ***
	  	***
	 ***
	  	***
	 ***
	  	***
	 ***
	  	***
		
	 United Airlines Manufacturer’s Empty Weight (MEW)
	  	***
		
	 Standard and Operational Items Allowance (Paragraph 2.3.8)
	  	***
		
	 United Airlines Operational Empty Weight (OEW)
	  	***

  

							
	 	  	Quantity	 	Pounds	 	Pounds
	 Seat Weight Included*
	  		 		 	***
				
	 ***
	  	***	 	***	 	
				
	 ***
	  	***	 	***	 	
				
	 ***
	  	***	 	***	 	
	 ***
	  	***	 	***	 	
				
	 ***
	  	***	 	***	 	
	 ***
	  	***	 	***	 	

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 17 
  

	2.3.8	Standard and Operational Items Allowance 

  

																	
	 	  	Qty	 	  	lb	 	  	lb	 	  	lb	 
	 Standard Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  
	 Unusable Fuel
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Oil
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Oxygen Equipment
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Portable Oxygen Bottles
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Miscellaneous Equipment
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 First Aid Kits
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Crash Axe
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Megaphones
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Flashlights
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Smoke Goggles
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Smoke Hoods
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Galley Structure & Fixed Inserts (*** cu ft @ *** lb/cu ft)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Operational Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  
	 Crew and Crew Baggage
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Flight Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Cabin Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Baggage (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Navigation Bags & Manuals (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Catering Allowance & Removable Inserts: *** Meal Service
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 First Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Business Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Economy Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Tourist Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Passenger Service Equipment (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Potable Water—(180 USG)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Waste Tank Disinfectant
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Emergency Equipment (Includes Over Water Equip.)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Slide Rafts: Main Entry
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Life Vests
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Locator Transmitter
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Cargo System
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Pallets (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Containers (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Total Standard and Operational Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 18 
  

	3.	SOUND LEVELS 

  

	3.1	Community Sound Levels 

The Aircraft shall be certified in accordance with the requirements of 14 CFR Part 36, Stage 4 and ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1,
Chapter 4. 
  

	3.2	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule 

 The Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule shall not be less than *** EPNdB. 
  

	3.3	Departure Condition 

 The
sound level for Departure Noise shall be defined as the numerical average of flyover (with thrust cutback) and lateral noise certification values. The Departure Noise level for this aircraft with a brake release gross weight of *** pounds shall
qualify this aircraft for the London “QC1” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** EPNdB

  

	3.4	Arrival Condition 

 The
sound level for Arrival Noise shall be defined as *** EPNdB less than the approach noise certification value. The Arrival Noise level for this aircraft with a landing gross weight of *** pounds shall qualify this aircraft for the London
“QC0.5” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** EPNdB

  

	4.	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

  

	4.1	The guarantees contained in this Attachment are based on the Aircraft configuration as defined in Boeing Document *** plus any changes mutually agreed to or
otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement to be incorporated into the original release of the Customer’s Detail Specification (hereinafter referred to as the Detail Specification). Appropriate adjustment shall be made for changes in such
Detail Specification approved by the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement which cause changes to the flight performance and/or weight and balance of the Aircraft. Such adjustment shall be accounted for by Boeing in its
evidence of compliance with the guarantees. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 19 
  

	4.2	The guarantee payloads of Paragraph 2.3.2, 2.3.3, and 2.3.4, the specified payload of the Paragraph 2.3.5 block fuel guarantee, and the specified payload of the
Paragraph 2.3.1 range guarantee will be adjusted by Boeing for the effect of the following on OEW in its evidence of compliance with the guarantees: 

 (1) Changes to the Detail Specification or any other changes mutually agreed upon between the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement. 

(2) The difference between the seat weight allowances to be incorporated into the Detail Specification and the actual weights. 

 

	5.	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS 

  

	5.1	All guaranteed performance data are based on the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) and specified variations therefrom; altitudes are pressure altitudes.

  

	5.2	The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations referred to in this Attachment are, unless otherwise specified, Code of Federal Regulations 14,
Part 25 amended by Amendments 25-1 through 25-117, subject to the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration. 

  

	5.3	In the event a change is made to any law, governmental regulation or requirement, or in the interpretation of any such law, governmental regulation or
requirement that affects the certification basis for the Aircraft as described in Paragraphs 3.1 or 5.2, and as a result thereof, a change is made to the configuration and/or the performance of the Aircraft in order to obtain certification, the
guarantees set forth in this Attachment shall be appropriately modified to reflect any such change. 

  

	5.4	The takeoff portion of the mission guarantees are based on hard surface, level and dry runways with no wind or obstacles, no clearway or stopway, *** mph tires,
with anti-skid operative. The takeoff performance is based on an alternate forward center of gravity limit of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. The takeoff performance is based on engine power extraction for normal operation of the air
conditioning with thermal anti-icing turned off and *** Unbalanced field length calculations and the improved climb performance procedure will be used for takeoff as required. 

 

	5.5	The enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude guarantee is based on engine power extraction for air conditioning with one pack operating. No engine power
extraction for thermal anti-icing is provided unless otherwise specified. *** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 20 
  

	5.6	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees include allowances for normal power
extraction and engine power extraction for normal operation of the air conditioning system. Normal operation of the air conditioning system shall be defined as pack switches in the “Auto” position, the temperature control switches in the
“Auto” position that results in a nominal cabin temperature of ***°F, and all air conditioning systems operating normally. No engine power extraction for thermal anti-icing is provided unless otherwise specified. ***

  

	5.7	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees are based on an Aircraft center of gravity
location, as determined by Boeing, not to be aft of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. 

  

	5.8	Performance, where applicable, is based on a fuel Lower Heating Value (LHV) of *** BTU per pound and a fuel density of *** pounds per U.S. gallon.

  

	5.9	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 rule shall be defined as ***dB less than the sum of the differences between the three
certification values (flyover with cutback, peak lateral, and approach) of the Aircraft with respect to the three noise limits defined in ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 3 and 14 CFR Part 36 Stage 3. 

 

	6.	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE 

  

	6.1	Compliance with the guarantees of Sections 2 and 3 shall be based on the conditions specified in those sections, the Aircraft configuration of
Section 4 and the guarantee conditions of Section 5. 

  

	6.2	Compliance with the enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude, the buffet onset portion of altitude capability guarantee, the takeoff portion of the mission
guarantee, and the community sound level guarantees shall be based on the FAA approved Airplane Flight Manual for the Model 787-8. 

  

	6.3	Compliance with the all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees shall be established by
calculations based on flight test data obtained from an aircraft in a configuration similar to that defined by the Detail Specification. 

  

	6.4	The OEW used for compliance with the mission guarantees shall be the actual MEW plus the Standard and Operational Items Allowance in Paragraph 03-60-00 of the
Detail Specification. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A2 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000-*** Engines 

Page 21 
  

	6.5	The data derived from tests shall be adjusted as required by conventional methods of correction, interpolation or extrapolation in accordance with established
engineering practices to show compliance with these guarantees. 

  

	6.6	Compliance shall be based on the performance of the airframe and engines in combination, and shall not be contingent on the engine meeting its
manufacturer’s performance specification. 

  

	7.	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES 

 The
only performance guarantees applicable to the Aircraft are those set forth in this Attachment. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0774C	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 1 
  

MODEL 787-9 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES 
 FOR UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
  

					
	SECTION	  	CONTENTS	  	 
	1	  	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY	  	
			
	2	  	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE	  	
			
	3	  	SOUND LEVELS	  	
			
	4	  	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION	  	
			
	5	  	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS	  	
			
	6	  	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE	  	
			
	7	  	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES	  	

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 2 
  

 

	1.	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY 

 The guarantees contained in this Attachment (the “Performance Guarantees”) are applicable to the 787-9 Aircraft with a maximum takeoff weight of *** pounds, a maximum landing weight of ***
pounds, and a maximum zero fuel weight of *** pounds, and equipped with Boeing furnished GEnx-1B*** engines. 
  

	2.	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 

  

	2.1	Enroute One-Engine-Inoperative Altitude 

 The FAA approved gross weight at an enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude of *** feet at which the available gross climb gradient equals *** percent on an ISA+10°C day using not more than maximum
continuous thrust with engine and wing anti-ice bleed on, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

					
	 NOMINAL:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  

  

	2.2	Altitude Capability—All Engines Operating 

  

	2.2.1	The altitude capability at a gross weight of *** pounds, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be less than
the following guarantee value: 

  

					
	 NOMINAL:
	  	 	*** Feet	  
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	 	*** Feet	  
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	 	*** Feet	  

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

 

	2.2.2	The gross weight capability at an altitude of *** feet, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be less than
the following guarantee value: 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 3 
  

 

					
	 NOMINAL:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

 

	2.3	Mission 

  

	2.3.1	Mission Range 

 The still
air range with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

					
	 NOMINAL:
	  	 	*** Nautical Miles	  
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	 	*** Nautical Miles	  
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	 	*** Nautical Miles	  

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Still Air Range:
	  	The still air range is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is *** the airport conditions.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	  	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 4 
  

 

			
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** airport.
		
		  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 5 
  

 

			
		 	 Taxi-Out:

		
		 	             Fuel
            *** Pounds

		
		 	 Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:

		
		 	
            Fuel            
 *** Pounds

		 	             Distance      *** Nautical
Miles

		
		 	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:

		
		 	
            Fuel            
 *** Pounds

		
		 	 Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):

		
		 	
            Fuel            
 *** Pounds

		
		 	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		 	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day at an ***
Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  

	2.3.2	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

					
	 NOMINAL:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Stage Length:
	 	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	 	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		 	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		 	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		 	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 6 
  

 

					
		
		 	 The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.

		
		 	 The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.

		
		 	 The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.

		
		 	 The runway slope is *** percent uphill.

		
	 	 	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle
height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:
		
	 	 	            Distance
                            Height
		 	    1.     *** feet
                            *** feet
		 	    2.     *** feet
                            *** feet
		
		 	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		 	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	 	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and
landing gear.
		
	 Climb:
	 	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		 	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		 	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		 	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during climb. Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	 	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		 	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 7 
  

 

			
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		  	            Distance      *** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 8 
  

 

			
		 	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day at an ***
Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  

	2.3.3	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

					
	 NOMINAL:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	 	*** Pounds	  

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	 Stage Length:
	 	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	 	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		 	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		 	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		 	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		 	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		 	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		 	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		 	The runway slope is *** percent downhill.
		
		 	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 9 
  

 

			
	 	  	                Distance          
  Height
		  	
            1.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            2.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            3.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            4.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            5.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            6.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            7.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            8.            
*** feet            *** feet

		  	
            9.            
*** feet            *** feet

		
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	Climb Maneuver::	  	 Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude
and retracting flaps and landing gear.

		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb. Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 10 
  

			
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		  	Taxi-Out:
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		  	            Distance      *** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
		
		  	            Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day at an ***
Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 11 
  

 

	2.3.4	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
		
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent uphill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  

					
	  	  	Distance	 	Height
	 1.
	  	*** feet	 	*** feet

  

			
		
		 	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		 	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		 	

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 12 
  

			
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	 	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	 	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		 	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		 	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		 	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during climb. Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	 	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		 	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		 	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		 	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	 	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		 	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during descent.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 13 
  

					
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	 	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		 	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	 	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
			
		 	Taxi-Out:	 	
		
		 	    Fuel             *** Pounds
			
		 	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:	 	
		
		 	    Fuel             *** Pounds
		 	    Distance      *** Nautical Miles
			
		 	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	 	
		
		 	    Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		 	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
		
		 	    Fuel             *** Pounds
		
		 	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		 	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  

	2.3.5	Mission Block Fuel 

 The
block fuel for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be more than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	 NOMINAL:
	  	*** Pounds
	 TOLERANCE:
	  	*** Pounds
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

	 	    Stage	Length: The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 14 
  

			
	 Block Fuel:
	 	The block fuel is defined as the sum of the fuel used for taxi-out, takeoff and climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, descent, approach and landing maneuver, and
taxi-in.
		
	 Takeoff:
	 	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		 	The takeoff gross weight is not limited by the airport conditions.
		
		 	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		 	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	 Climbout Maneuver:
	 	Following the takeoff to *** feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to *** feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	 Climb:
	 	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		 	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		 	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		 	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during climb. Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	 Cruise:
	 	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		 	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		 	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during cruise.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 15 
  

					
		 	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	 Descent:
	 	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		 	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		 	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	 Approach and Landing Maneuver:
	 	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		 	The destination airport altitude is a *** airport.
		
	 Fixed Allowances:
	 	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
		
		 	Taxi-Out:
			
		 	 Fuel                *** Pounds
	 	
			
		 	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:	 	
			
		 	 Fuel                *** Pounds
	 	
		 	 Distance         *** Nautical Miles
	 	
			
		 	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	 	
			
		 	 Fuel                *** Pounds
	 	
		
		 	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		 	 Fuel                *** Pounds
	 	
		
		 	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		 	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard
day at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 16 
  

	2.3.6	Operational Empty Weight Basis 

 The Operational Empty Weight (OEW) derived in Paragraph 2.3.7 is the basis for the mission guarantees of Paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4, and 2.3.5. 

 

	2.3.7	Weight Summary—United Airlines 

  

					
	 	  	Pounds	 
	 Standard Model Specification MEW
	  	 	***	  
	 787 Airplane Configuration Specification Addendum, ***
	  			
		
	 *** (*** CC / *** YC) Interior
	  			
	 GEnx Engines
	  			
	 *** Lb. Maximum Taxi Weight
	  			
	 *** USG Fuel Capacity
	  			
		
	 Changes for United Airlines*
	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
	 ***
	  	 	***	  
		
	 United Airlines Manufacturer’s Empty Weight (MEW)
	  	 	***	  
		
	 Standard and Operational Items Allowance (Paragraph 2.3.8)
	  	 	***	  
		
	 United Airlines Operational Empty Weight (OEW)
	  	 	***	  

  

													
	 	  	Quantity	 	  	Pounds	 	  	Pounds	 
	 * Seat Weight Included:
	  				  				  	 	***	  
				
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			
	 ***
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  			

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 17 
  

 

	2.3.8	Standard and Operational Items Allowance 

  

																	
	 	  	Qty	 	  	lb	 	  	lb	 	  	lb	 
	 Standard Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  
	 Unusable Fuel
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Oil
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Oxygen Equipment
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Portable Oxygen Bottles
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Miscellaneous Equipment
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 First Aid Kits
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Crash Axe
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Megaphones
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Flashlights @ C/A Sta.
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Smoke Goggles
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Smoke Hoods
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Galley Structure & Fixed Inserts (*** cu ft @ *** lb/cu ft)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Operational Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  
	 Crew and Crew Baggage
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Flight Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Cabin Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Baggage (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Navigation Bags & Manuals (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Catering Allowance & Removable Inserts: *** Meal Service
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 First Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Business Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Economy Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Tourist Class
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Passenger Service Equipment (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Potable Water—(210 USG)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Waste Tank Disinfectant
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Emergency Equipment (Includes Over Water Equip.)
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Slide Rafts: Main Entry
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Life Vests
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Locator Transmitter
	  	 	***	  	  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Cargo System
	  				  				  	 	***	  	  			
	 Pallets (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Containers (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				  	 	***	  	  				  			
	 Total Standard and Operational Items Allowance
	  				  				  				  	 	***	  

  

	3.	SOUND LEVELS 

  

	3.1	Community Sound Levels 

The Aircraft shall be certified in accordance with the requirements of 14 CFR Part 36, Stage 4 and ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1,
Chapter 4. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 18 
  

	3.2	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule 

 The Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule shall not be less than *** EPNdB. 
  

	3.3	Departure Condition 

 The
sound level for Departure Noise shall be defined as the numerical average of flyover (with thrust cutback) and lateral noise certification values. The Departure Noise level for this aircraft with a brake release gross weight of *** pounds shall
qualify this aircraft for the London “QC2” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

GUARANTEE:                     
       *** EPNdB 
  

	3.4	Arrival Condition 

 The
sound level for Arrival Noise shall be defined as *** EPNdB less than the approach noise certification value. The Arrival Noise level for this aircraft with a landing gross weight of *** pounds shall qualify this aircraft for the London
“QC1” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

GUARANTEE:                     
       *** EPNdB 
  

	4.	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

  

	4.1	The guarantees contained in this Attachment are based on the Aircraft configuration as defined in Boeing Document ***, plus any changes mutually agreed to or otherwise
allowed by the Purchase Agreement to be incorporated into the original release of the Customer’s Detail Specification (hereinafter referred to as the Detail Specification). Appropriate adjustment shall be made for changes in such Detail
Specification approved by the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement which cause changes to the flight performance and/or weight and balance of the Aircraft. Such adjustment shall be accounted for by Boeing in its
evidence of compliance with the guarantees. 

  

	4.2	The guarantee payloads of Paragraph 2.3.2, 2.3.3, and 2.3.4, the specified payload of the Paragraph 2.3.5 block fuel guarantee, and the specified payload of the
Paragraph 2.3.1 range guarantee will be adjusted by Boeing for the effect of the following on OEW in its evidence of compliance with the guarantees: 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 19 
  

(1) Changes to the Detail Specification or any other changes mutually agreed upon between the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by
the Purchase Agreement. 
 (2) The difference between the seat weight allowances to be incorporated into the Detail Specification
and the actual weights. 
  

	5.	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS 

  

	5.1	All guaranteed performance data are based on the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) and specified variations therefrom; altitudes are pressure altitudes.

  

	5.2	The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations referred to in this Attachment are, unless otherwise specified, Code of Federal Regulations 14,
Part 25 amended by Amendments 25-1 through 25-117, subject to the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration. 

  

	5.3	In the event a change is made to any law, governmental regulation or requirement, or in the interpretation of any such law, governmental regulation or
requirement that affects the certification basis for the Aircraft as described in Paragraphs 3.1 or 5.2, and as a result thereof, a change is made to the configuration and/or the performance of the Aircraft in order to obtain certification, the
guarantees set forth in this Attachment shall be appropriately modified to reflect any such change. 

  

	5.4	The takeoff portion of the mission guarantees are based on hard surface, level and dry runways with no wind or obstacles, no clearway or stopway, *** mph tires,
and with anti-skid operative. The takeoff performance is based on an Aircraft alternate forward center of gravity limit of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. The takeoff performance is based on engine power extraction for normal operation of
the air conditioning with thermal anti-icing turned off and *** Unbalanced field length calculations and the improved climb performance procedure will be used for takeoff as required. 

 

	5.5	The enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude guarantee is based on engine power extraction for air conditioning with one pack operating. No engine power
extraction for thermal anti-ice is provided unless otherwise specified. *** 

  

	5.6	 The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees include allowances for normal power
extraction and engine power extraction for normal operation of the air conditioning system. Normal operation of the air conditioning system shall be defined as pack switches in the “Auto” position, the temperature control switches in the
“Auto” position that results in a nominal cabin temperature of ***°F, and all air conditioning systems operating normally. No engine power extraction for thermal anti-icing is

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A3 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 GEnx-1B***Engines 

Page 20 
  

provided unless otherwise specified. *** 
  

	5.7	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees are based on an Aircraft center of gravity location,
as determined by Boeing, not to be aft of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. 

  

	5.8	Performance, where applicable, is based on a fuel Lower Heating Value (LHV) of *** BTU per pound and a fuel density of *** pounds per U.S. gallon.

  

	5.9	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 rule shall be defined as ***dB less than the sum of the differences between the three
certification values (flyover with cutback, peak lateral, and approach) of the Aircraft with respect to the three noise limits defined in ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 3 and 14 CFR Part 36 Stage 3. 

 

	6.	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE 

  

	6.1	Compliance with the guarantees of Sections 2 and 3 shall be based on the conditions specified in those sections, the Aircraft configuration of Section 4 and
the guarantee conditions of Section 5. 

  

	6.2	Compliance with the enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude, the buffet onset portion of the all-engine altitude capability guarantees, the takeoff portion of
the mission guarantee, and the community sound level guarantees shall be based on the FAA approved Airplane Flight Manual for the Model 787-9. 

  

	6.3	Compliance with the all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees shall be established by
calculations based on flight test data obtained from an aircraft in a configuration similar to that defined by the Detail Specification. 

  

	6.4	The OEW used for compliance with the mission guarantees shall be the actual MEW plus the Standard and Operational Items Allowance in Paragraph 03-60-00 of the
Detail Specification. 

  

	6.5	The data derived from tests shall be adjusted as required by conventional methods of correction, interpolation or extrapolation in accordance with established
engineering practices to show compliance with these guarantees. 

  

	6.6	Compliance shall be based on the performance of the airframe and engines in combination, and shall not be contingent on the engine meeting its
manufacturer’s performance specification. 

  

	7.	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES 

 The
only performance guarantees applicable to the Aircraft are those set forth in this Attachment. 

  
 Boeing
/ United Air Lines, Inc. Proprietary 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0902B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 1 
  

MODEL 787-9 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES 
 FOR UNITED AIR LINES, INC. 
  

					
	SECTION	  	CONTENTS	  	 
			
	1	  	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY	  	
			
	2	  	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE	  	
			
	3	  	MANUFACTURER’S EMPTY WEIGHT	  	
			
	4	  	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION	  	
			
	5	  	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS	  	
			
	6	  	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE	  	
			
	7	  	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES	  	

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 2 
  

	1	AIRCRAFT MODEL APPLICABILITY 

 The guarantees contained in this Attachment (Performance Guarantees) are applicable to the 787-9 Aircraft with a maximum takeoff weight of *** pounds, a maximum landing weight of *** pounds, and a
maximum zero fuel weight of *** pounds, and equipped with Boeing furnished Trent 1000-*** engines. 
  

	2	FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 

  

	2.1	Enroute One-Engine-Inoperative Altitude 

 The FAA approved gross weight at an enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude of *** feet at which the available gross climb gradient equals *** percent on an ISA+10°C day using not more than maximum
continuous thrust with engine and wing anti-ice bleed on, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

  

	2.2	Altitude Capability—All Engines Operating 

  

	2.2.1	The altitude capability at a gross weight of *** pounds, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 

  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Feet
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Feet
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Feet

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

 

	2.2.2	The gross weight capability at an altitude of *** feet, on an ISA+10°C day, at *** Mach number, and satisfying the conditions defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 3 
  

 

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions: 
  

	 	1)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining level cruising flight using not more than maximum cruise thrust. 

 

	 	2)	The Aircraft shall be capable of maintaining a rate of climb of *** feet per minute using not more than maximum climb thrust. 

 

	 	3)	The Aircraft shall be capable of at least a *** g maneuver load factor at buffet onset. 

 

	2.3	Mission 

  

	2.3.1	Mission Range 

 The still
air range with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Nautical Miles
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Nautical Miles
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Nautical Miles

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	Still Air Range:	  	The still air range is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	Takeoff:	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is *** the airport conditions.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	Climbout	  	Following the takeoff to ***feet, the Aircraft accelerates to
	Maneuver:	  	*** KCAS while climbing to ***feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 4 
  

			
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	Descent:	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute at ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is a *** airport.
		
	Fixed Allowances:	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 5 
  

					
		 	Taxi-Out:	  	
			
		 	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		 	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
			
		 	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		 	            Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles
		
		 	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
			
		 	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		 	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		 	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		 	 Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds

		
		 	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day
at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  

	2.3.2	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	Stage Length:	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	Takeoff:	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 6 
  

			
		 	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		 	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		 	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		 	The runway slope is *** percent uphill.
		
		 	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  

					
		  	Distance	  	Height
	1.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet
	2.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet

  

			
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	Climbout Maneuver:	  	Following the takeoff to ***feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to ***feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 7 
  

					
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	Descent:	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	Fixed Allowance:	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
			
		  	Taxi-Out:	  	
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		  	            Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 8 
  

			
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day at an ***
Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  

	2.3.3	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	Stage Length:	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	Takeoff:	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent downhill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 9 
  

 

									
		  		  	Distance	  	Height	  	
		  	        1.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        2.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        3.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        4.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        5.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        6.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        7.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        8.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		  	        9.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	Climbout Maneuver:	  	Following the takeoff to ***feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to ***feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 10 
  

 

					
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	Descent:	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	Fixed Allowances:	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
			
		  	Taxi-Out:	  	
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		  	            Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day
at an LRC Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 11 
  

	2.3.4	Mission Payload 

 The
payload for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air (equivalent to a distance of *** nautical miles with a *** knot headwind, representative of a *** to *** route in ***) using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be
less than the following guarantee value: 
  

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

									
	 Stage Length:
	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.
		
	 Takeoff:
	  	The airport altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	The airport temperature is ***°F.
		
		  	The takeoff runway available (TORA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The takeoff distance available (TODA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA) is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to TORA and TODA is *** feet.
		
		  	The lineup allowance adjustment to ASDA is *** feet.
		
		  	The runway slope is *** percent uphill.
		
		  	The following obstacle definition is based on a straight out departure where obstacle height and distance are specified with reference to the liftoff end of the
runway:
					
		  		  	    Distance	  	    Height	  	
		  	        1.	  	*** feet	  	*** feet	  	
		
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 12 
  

			
	Climbout Maneuver:	  	Following the takeoff to ***feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to ***feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb.
		
		  	Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.
		
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	Descent:	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure will be controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 13 
  

					
	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** feet.
		
	Fixed Allowances:	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
			
		  	Taxi-Out:	  	
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		  	            Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day
at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  

	2.3.5	Mission Block Fuel 

 The
block fuel for a stage length of *** nautical miles in still air with a *** pound payload using the conditions and operating rules defined below, shall not be more than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	NOMINAL:	  	*** Pounds
	TOLERANCE:	  	*** Pounds
	GUARANTEE:	  	*** Pounds

 Conditions and operating rules: 

 

			
	Stage Length:	  	The stage length is defined as the sum of the distances for the climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, and descent.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 14 
  

			
	Block Fuel:	  	The block fuel is defined as the sum of the fuel used for taxi-out, takeoff and climbout maneuver, climb, cruise, descent, approach and landing maneuver, and
taxi-in.
		
	Takeoff:	  	The airport altitude is ***.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight is not limited by the airport conditions.
		
		  	Maximum takeoff thrust is used for the takeoff.
		
		  	The takeoff gross weight shall conform to FAA Regulations.
		
	Climbout Maneuver:	  	Following the takeoff to ***feet, the Aircraft accelerates to *** KCAS while climbing to ***feet above the departure airport altitude and retracting flaps and landing
gear.
		
	Climb:	  	The Aircraft climbs from *** feet above the departure airport altitude to *** feet altitude at *** KCAS.
		
		  	The Aircraft then accelerates at a rate of climb of *** feet per minute to the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel.
		
		  	The climb continues at the recommended climb speed for minimum block fuel until *** Mach number is reached.
		
		  	The climb continues at *** Mach number to the initial cruise altitude.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during climb. Maximum climb thrust is used during climb.
		
	Cruise:	  	The Aircraft cruises at *** Mach number.
		
		  	The initial cruise altitude is *** feet.
		
		  	A step climb or multiple step climbs of *** feet altitude may be used when beneficial to minimize fuel burn.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during cruise.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 15 
  

					
		  	The cruise thrust is not to exceed maximum cruise thrust except during a step climb when maximum climb thrust may be used.
		
	Descent:	  	The Aircraft descends from the final cruise altitude at *** KCAS to an altitude of *** feet above the destination airport altitude.
		
		  	Throughout the descent, the cabin pressure is controlled to a maximum rate of descent equivalent to *** feet per minute ***.
		
		  	The temperature is standard day during descent.
		
	Approach and Landing Maneuver:	  	The Aircraft decelerates to the final approach speed while extending landing gear and flaps, then descends and lands.
		
		  	The destination airport altitude is *** airport.
		
	Fixed Allowances:	  	For the purpose of this guarantee and for the purpose of establishing compliance with this guarantee, the following shall be used as fixed quantities and
allowances:
			
		  	Taxi-Out:	  	
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Takeoff and Climbout Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		  	            Distance	  	*** Nautical Miles
		
		  	Approach and Landing Maneuver:
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Taxi-In (shall be consumed from the reserve fuel):
			
		  	            Fuel	  	*** Pounds
		
		  	Usable reserve fuel remaining upon completion of the approach and landing maneuver: *** Pounds
		
		  	For information purposes, the reserve fuel is based on *** percent of a contingency allowance equivalent to the fuel required for a *** minute cruise on a standard day
at an *** Mach number, *** feet and a maximum landing weight of *** Pounds.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 16 
  

	2.3.6	Operational Empty Weight Basis 

 The Operational Empty Weight (OEW) derived in Paragraph 2.3.7 is the basis for the mission guarantees of Paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4, and 2.3.5. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 17 
  

	2.3.7	Weight Summary—United Airlines 

  

					
	 	  	Pounds	 
	 Standard Model Specification MEW
	  	 	*	** 
		
	 787 Airplane Configuration Specification Addendum, ***, ***
	  			
	 *** (*** CC / *** YC) Interior
	  			
	 Trent 1000 Engines
	  			
	 *** Lb. Maximum Taxi Weight
	  			
	 *** USG Fuel Capacity
	  			
		
	 Changes for United Airlines*
	  			
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 
	 ***
	  			
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 
		
	 United Airlines Manufacturer’s Empty Weight (MEW)
	  	 	*	** 
		
	 Standard and Operational Items Allowance (Paragraph 2.3.8)
	  	 	*	** 
		
	 United Airlines Operational Empty Weight (OEW)
	  	 	*	** 

  

													
	Seat Weight Included*	  	Quantity	 	 	Pounds	 	 	Pounds	 
		  				 				 	 	*	** 
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 			
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 			
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 			
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 			
	 ***
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 			

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 18 
  

	2.3.8	Standard and Operational Items Allowance 

  

																	
	 	  	Qty	 	 	lb	 	 	lb	 	 	lb	 
	 Standard Items Allowance
	  				 				 				 	 	*	** 
	 Unusable Fuel
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Oil
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Oxygen Equipment
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Portable Oxygen Bottles
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Miscellaneous Equipment
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 First Aid Kits
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Crash Axe
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Megaphones
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Flashlights @ C/A Sta.
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Smoke Goggles
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Smoke Hoods
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Galley Structure & Fixed Inserts (*** cu ft @ *** lb/cu ft)
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Operational Items Allowance
	  				 				 				 	 	*	** 
	 Crew and Crew Baggage
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Flight Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Cabin Crew (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Baggage (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Navigation Bags & Manuals (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Catering Allowance & Removable Inserts: *** Meal Service
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 First Class
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Business Class
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Economy Class
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Tourist Class
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Passenger Service Equipment (*** @ *** lb. ea.)
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Potable Water—(210 USG)
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Waste Tank Disinfectant
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Emergency Equipment (Includes Over Water Equip.)
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Slide Rafts: Main Entry
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Life Vests
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Locator Transmitter
	  	 	*	** 	 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Cargo System
	  				 				 	 	*	** 	 			
	 Pallets (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Containers (*** @ *** lb ea.)
	  				 	 	*	** 	 				 			
	 Total Standard and Operational Items Allowance
	  				 				 				 	 	*	** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 19 
  

	3	SOUND LEVELS 

  

	3.1	Community Sound Levels 

The Aircraft shall be certified in accordance with the requirements of 14 CFR Part 36, Stage 4 and ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1,
Chapter 4. 
  

	3.2	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule 

 The Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 Rule shall not be less than *** EPNdB. 
  

	3.3	Departure Condition 

 The
sound level for Departure Noise shall be defined as the numerical average of flyover (with thrust cutback) and lateral noise certification values. The Departure Noise level for this aircraft with a brake release gross weight of *** pounds shall
qualify this aircraft for the London “QC2” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** EPNdB

  

	3.4	Arrival Condition 

 The
sound level for Arrival Noise shall be defined as *** EPNdB less than the approach noise certification value. The Arrival Noise level for this aircraft with a landing gross weight of *** pounds shall qualify this aircraft for the London
“QC1” noise quota count class as defined in United Kingdom AIP Supplement S8/2009 applicable 29 March 2009, and shall not be greater than the following guarantee value: 

 

			
	 GUARANTEE:
	  	*** EPNdB

  

	4	AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 

  

	4.1	The guarantees contained in this Attachment are based on the Aircraft configuration as defined in Boeing Document ***, plus any changes mutually agreed to or otherwise
allowed by the Purchase Agreement to be incorporated into the original release of the Customer’s Detail Specification (hereinafter referred to as the Detail Specification). Appropriate adjustment shall be made for changes in such Detail
Specification approved by the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement which cause changes to the flight performance and/or weight and balance of the Aircraft. Such adjustment shall be accounted for by Boeing in its
evidence of compliance with the guarantees. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 20 
  

	4.2	The guarantee payloads of Paragraph 2.3.2, 2.3.3, and 2.3.4, the specified payload of the Paragraph 2.3.5 block fuel guarantee, and the specified payload of the
Paragraph 2.3.1 range guarantee will be adjusted by Boeing for the effect of the following on OEW in its evidence of compliance with the guarantees: 

 (1) Changes to the Detail Specification or any other changes mutually agreed upon between the Customer and Boeing or otherwise allowed by the Purchase Agreement. 

(2) The difference between the seat weight allowances to be incorporated into the Detail Specification and the actual weights. 

 

	5	GUARANTEE CONDITIONS 

  

	5.1	All guaranteed performance data are based on the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) and specified variations therefrom; altitudes are pressure altitudes.

  

	5.2	The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations referred to in this Attachment are, unless otherwise specified, Code of Federal Regulations 14, Part 25
amended by Amendments 25-1 through 25-117, subject to the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration. 

  

	5.3	In the event a change is made to any law, governmental regulation or requirement, or in the interpretation of any such law, governmental regulation or requirement that
affects the certification basis for the Aircraft as described in Paragraphs 3.1 or 5.2, and as a result thereof, a change is made to the configuration and/or the performance of the Aircraft in order to obtain certification, the guarantees set forth
in this Attachment shall be appropriately modified to reflect any such change. 

  

	5.4	The takeoff portion of the mission guarantees are based on hard surface, level and dry runways with no wind or obstacles, no clearway or stopway, *** mph tires, and
with anti-skid operative. Takeoff performance is based on an Aircraft alternate forward center of gravity limit of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. The takeoff performance is based on engine power extraction for normal operation of the air
conditioning with thermal anti-icing turned off and *** Unbalanced field length calculations and the improved climb performance procedure will be used for takeoff as required. 

 

	5.5	The enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude guarantee is based on engine power extraction for air conditioning with one pack operating. No engine power extraction for
thermal anti-ice is provided unless otherwise specified. *** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 21 
  

	5.6	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees, and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees include allowances for normal power extraction and
engine power extraction for normal operation of the air conditioning system. Normal operation of the air conditioning system shall be defined as pack switches in the “Auto” position, the temperature control switches in the “Auto”
position that results in a nominal cabin temperature of ***°F, and all air conditioning systems operating normally. No engine power extraction for thermal anti-icing is provided unless otherwise specified. *** 

 

	5.7	The all-engine altitude capability guarantees and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees are based on an Aircraft center of gravity location,
as determined by Boeing, not to be aft of *** percent of the mean aerodynamic chord. 

  

	5.8	Performance, where applicable, is based on a fuel Lower Heating Value (LHV) of *** BTU per pound and a fuel density of *** pounds per U.S. gallon.

  

	5.9	Cumulative Noise Certification Margin to the Chapter 4 / Stage 4 rule shall be defined as ***dB less than the sum of the differences between the three
certification values (flyover with cutback, peak lateral, and approach) of the Aircraft with respect to the three noise limits defined in ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 3 and 14 CFR Part 36 Stage 3. 

 

	6	GUARANTEE COMPLIANCE 

  

	6.1	Compliance with the guarantees of Sections 2 and 3 shall be based on the conditions specified in those sections, the Aircraft configuration of Section 4 and
the guarantee conditions of Section 5. 

  

	6.2	Compliance with the enroute one-engine-inoperative altitude, the buffet onset portion of the all-engine altitude capability guarantees, the takeoff portion of the
mission guarantee, and the community sound level guarantees shall be based on the FAA approved Airplane Flight Manual for the Model 787-9. 

  

	6.3	Compliance with the all-engine altitude capability guarantees and the climb, cruise and descent portions of the mission guarantees shall be established by calculations
based on flight test data obtained from an aircraft in a configuration similar to that defined by the Detail Specification. 

  

	6.4	The OEW used for compliance with the mission guarantees shall be the actual MEW plus the Standard and Operational Items Allowance in Paragraph 03-60-00 of the Detail
Specification. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

 Attachment A4 
 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 
 Trent 1000*** Engines 

Page 22 
  

	6.5	The data derived from tests shall be adjusted as required by conventional methods of correction, interpolation or extrapolation in accordance with established
engineering practices to show compliance with these guarantees. 

  

	6.6	Compliance shall be based on the performance of the airframe and engines in combination, and shall not be contingent on the engine meeting its manufacturer’s
performance specification. 

  

	7	EXCLUSIVE GUARANTEES 

 The
only performance guarantees applicable to the Aircraft are those set forth in this Attachment. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 
  

			
	P.A. No. 3860	  	
	AERO-B-BBA4-M09-0771B	  	SS09-0285

			
	 

	 	The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box 3707

Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209455 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	*** Guarantee for 

	    	787-8 Aircraft 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (Aircraft) 

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and supplements the Purchase
Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 The Attachment A1 to
Letter Agreement No. UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 contains performance guarantees (Performance Guarantees) for the 787-8. Paragraph *** of the Performance Guarantees includes a *** guarantee (*** Guarantee) which will be effective and
applicable to the Aircraft in accordance with such Letter Agreement. Boeing offers the following program *** in the event that the guarantee compliance report furnished to Customer for the Aircraft pursuant to Article *** of the AGTA shows ***
Guarantee. 
 1. Demonstration of Compliance. 
 Article 5.4 of the AGTA and Letter Agreement No. UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 provide a procedure for demonstration of compliance with the Performance Guarantees prior to delivery. That method will be used to
*** Guarantee which*** in the *** as described below. 
 2. Rights and Obligations in the Event the *** to *** the *** Guarantee.

 2.1 Aircraft Delivery. In the event any Aircraft, at the time of tender by Boeing for delivery to Customer *** to ***
with the *** Guarantee, Customer shall *** such Aircraft ***, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. 
 2.2
Correction of *** with the *** Guarantee. To the extent economically and technically practicable, Boeing will *** to ***improvement parts (Improvement Parts) which, when installed in such Aircraft or engines, would result in an
improvement in the *** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209455	  	Page 1
	*** – 787-8	  	

 

 
  
 
performance. Boeing shall *** Customer’s incorporation of such improvements, corrections, or changes *** between Boeing and Customer ***, as applicable. Improvement Parts related to ***
shall apply also to *** on terms *** Customer. Boeing *** shall give Customer *** written notice of the estimated on-dock date at Customer’s maintenance base for any such Improvement Parts. 

2.2.1 If Boeing elects to provide, or causes to be provided, Improvement Parts for such Aircraft ***, then Customer and Boeing shall
mutually agree upon the details of such an Improvement Parts program. To the extent Boeing *** support such a program, such support *** to Customer. 
 2.2.2 If *** elects to incorporate Improvement Parts in such Aircraft ***, they shall be incorporated within *** days after the delivery of such Improvement Parts to Customer for modifications that can be
accomplished on the line. Improvement Parts which require more extensive modifications *** shall be installed within the mutually agreed period of time. All Improvement Parts shall be incorporated in accordance with Boeing *** instructions.

 2.2.3 Boeing shall not be obligated to furnish any Improvement Parts in addition to those necessary to cause the Aircraft to
*** with the *** Guarantee. 
 3. ***. 
 3.1 In the event that Boeing has not provided*** Improvement Parts to correct the *** of the Aircraft to meet the *** Guarantee, such *** will ***. For the avoidance of doubt, *** by Boeing for any
portion of the *** corrected for by Improvement Parts that have not been incorporated as set forth in paragraph 3.4 below. 

3.2 ***. Boeing *** Customer *** for*** for the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period (Annual Period). The
“***” is the *** in such Annual Period. The “***” is defined as *** 
 (a) *** 

*** 
 (b) The
following definitions shall apply herein: 
 *** 
 *** will be used. 
 *** guarantee *** for Paragraph 2.3.5 of the
Performance Guarantees shown in the guarantee *** report and *** in accordance with Paragraph 1 above. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209455	  	Page 2
	*** – 787-8	  	

 

 
  
 *** for Paragraph
2.3.5 of the Performance Guarantees shown in the guarantee *** report and *** in accordance with Paragraph 1 above. 

*** Aircraft *** Aircraft *** 
 3.3 *** Customer pursuant to paragraph 3.2 above *** Boeing ***, which may be ***, as appropriate. In no event shall *** Customer pursuant to Paragraph 3.2 above *** Aircraft ***. Any *** under
this Letter Agreement shall be *** the Aircraft *** Customer. 
 3.4 ***. The *** performance improvement attributable to any
Improvement Parts shall be determined by analysis based on data supplied by *** and certified to be correct ***. *** such improvement shall be deemed to be the *** improvement *** based on the data furnished pursuant to Article 5.4 of the AGTA and
the data furnished pursuant to this Paragraph 3.4. If Customer elects not to incorporate Improvement Parts in such Aircraft as set forth above, *** consistent with the improvement in *** performance which would have been realized had such
Improvement Parts been incorporated. 
 4. ***. 
 Boeing and Customer agree that it is not the intent of the parties under this Letter Agreement to cause Boeing *** to provide *** to Customer under this Letter Agreement and (i) any other Boeing
aircraft performance-related *** in the Purchase Agreement and (ii) Engine Manufacturer’s direct *** to Customer. 
 5.
Assignment. 
 This Letter Agreement and the *** of Boeing set forth herein are exclusively for the benefit of Customer as
owner and/or operator of the Aircraft. It is therefore agreed such Letter Agreement may not be assigned, in whole or in part, except as provided in Article 9 of the AGTA as amended by Letter Agreement 6-1162-IRS-0184. 

6. *** 
 *** this Letter
Agreement *** Boeing in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Letter Agreement is *** Customer *** Boeing and *** Customer *** the Aircraft *** the *** Guarantee. Customer *** Boeing *** the Aircraft *** the *** Guarantee. 

7. Confidential Treatment. 
 Customer understands and agrees that the information contained herein represents confidential business information and has value precisely because it is not available generally or to other parties.
Without obtaining the prior, written consent of the other party and except 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209455	  	Page 3
	*** – 787-8	  	

 

 
  
 
as required by law, each party agrees to limit the disclosure of its contents to its employees with a need to know the contents for purposes of helping such party perform its obligations under
the Purchase Agreement and who will treat the information as confidential. 
 If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding of our
agreement with respect to the matters treated above, please indicate your acceptance and approval below. 
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	 By
	 	/s/ ***
		
	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	September 27, 2012
	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
		
	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209455	  	Page 4
	*** – 787-8	  	

			
	 

	 	The Boeing Company
P.O. Box 3707
Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209429 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	*** Guarantee for 787-9 Aircraft 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (Aircraft) 

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and
supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 The Attachment A2 to Letter Agreement No. UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 contains performance guarantees (Performance Guarantees) for the 787-9 aircraft. Paragraph *** of the Performance Guarantees
includes a *** guarantee (*** Guarantee) which will be effective and applicable to the Aircraft in accordance with such Letter Agreement. Boeing offers the following program *** in the event that the guarantee compliance report furnished to
Customer for the Aircraft pursuant to Article *** of the AGTA shows *** Guarantee. 
 1. Demonstration of Compliance. 

Article 5.4 of the AGTA and Letter Agreement No. UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209430 provide a procedure for demonstration of compliance with the
Performance Guarantees prior to delivery. That method will be used to *** Guarantee which*** in the *** as described below. 
 2. Rights and
Obligations in the Event the *** to *** the *** Guarantee. 
 2.1 Aircraft Delivery. In the event any Aircraft, at the
time of tender by Boeing for delivery to Customer *** to *** with the *** Guarantee, Customer shall *** such Aircraft ***, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. 

2.2 Correction of *** with the *** Guarantee. To the extent economically and technically practicable, Boeing will *** to ***
improvement parts (Improvement Parts) which, when installed in such Aircraft or engines, would result in an improvement in the *** performance. Boeing shall *** Customer’s incorporation of such improvements, corrections,

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209429	  	Page 1
	*** – 787-9	  	

 

 
  
 
or changes at the warranty labor *** between Boeing and Customer ***, as applicable. Improvement Parts related to *** shall apply also to *** on terms *** Customer. Boeing *** shall give Customer
*** written notice of the estimated on-dock date at Customer’s maintenance base for any such Improvement Parts. 
 2.2.1 If
Boeing elects to provide, or causes to be provided, Improvement Parts for such Aircraft ***, then Customer and Boeing shall mutually agree upon the details of such an Improvement Parts program. To the extent Boeing *** support such a program, such
support shall be provided at no charge to Customer. 
 2.2.2 If *** elects to incorporate Improvement Parts in such Aircraft
***, they shall be incorporated within *** days after the delivery of such Improvement Parts to Customer for modifications that can be accomplished on the line. Improvement Parts which require more extensive modifications *** shall be installed
within the mutually agreed period of time. All Improvement Parts shall be incorporated in accordance with Boeing *** instructions. 
 2.2.3 Boeing shall not be obligated to furnish any Improvement Parts in addition to those necessary to cause the Aircraft to *** with the Block Fuel Guarantee. 

3. *** 
 3.1 In the event that
Boeing has not provided*** Improvement Parts to correct the *** of the Aircraft to meet the *** Guarantee, such *** will ***. For the avoidance of doubt, *** by Boeing for any portion of the *** corrected for by Improvement Parts that have not been
incorporated as set forth in paragraph 3.4 below. 
 3.2 ***. Boeing *** Customer *** for *** for the immediately preceding
twelve (12) month period (Annual Period). The “***” is the *** in such Annual Period. The “***” is defined as *** 
 (a) *** 
 *** 

(b) The following definitions shall apply herein: 
 *** 
 ***will be used. 

*** guarantee *** for Paragraph 2.3.5 of the Performance Guarantees shown in the guarantee *** report and *** in accordance with
Paragraph 1 above. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209429	  	Page 2
	*** – 787-9	  	

 

 
  
 *** for Paragraph
2.3.5 of the Performance Guarantees shown in the guarantee *** report and *** in accordance with Paragraph 1 above. 

*** Aircraft *** 
 *** Aircraft*** 
 3.3 *** Customer pursuant to paragraph 3.2 above *** Boeing
***, which may be ***, as appropriate. In no event shall *** Customer pursuant to Paragraph 3.2 above *** Aircraft ***. Any *** under this Letter Agreement shall be *** the Aircraft *** Customer. 

3.4 ***. The *** performance improvement attributable to any Improvement Parts shall be determined by analysis based on data supplied by
*** and certified to be correct ***. *** such improvement shall be deemed to be the *** improvement *** based on the data furnished pursuant to Article 5.4 of the AGTA and the data furnished pursuant to this Paragraph 3.4. If Customer elects not to
incorporate Improvement Parts in such Aircraft as set forth above, *** consistent with the improvement in *** performance which would have been realized had such Improvement Parts been incorporated. 

4. ***. 
 Boeing and Customer
agree that it is not the intent of the parties under this Letter Agreement to cause Boeing *** to provide *** to Customer under this Letter Agreement and (i) any other Boeing aircraft performance-related *** in the Purchase Agreement and
(ii) Engine Manufacturer’s direct *** to Customer. 
 5. Assignment. 

This Letter Agreement and the *** of Boeing set forth herein are exclusively for the benefit of Customer as owner and/or operator of the
Aircraft. It is therefore agreed such Letter Agreement may not be assigned, in whole or in part, except as provided in Article 9 of the AGTA as amended by Letter Agreement 6-1162-IRS-0184. 
 6. *** 
 *** this Letter Agreement *** Boeing in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Letter Agreement is *** Customer *** Boeing and *** Customer *** the Aircraft *** the *** Guarantee. Customer *** Boeing *** the Aircraft *** the *** Guarantee. 
 7. Confidential Treatment. 
 Customer understands and agrees that the
information contained herein represents confidential business information and has value precisely because it is not available generally 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209429	  	Page 3
	*** – 787-9	  	

 

 
  
 
or to other parties. Without obtaining the prior, written consent of the other party and except as required by law, each party agrees to limit the disclosure of its contents to its employees with
a need to know the contents for purposes of helping such party perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement and who will treat the information as confidential. 
 If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding of our agreement with respect to the matters treated above, please indicate your acceptance and approval below. 

Very truly yours, 
  

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	 By
	 	/s/ ***
		
	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	September 27, 2012
	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
		
	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209429	  	Page 4
	*** – 787-9	  	

			
	 

	 	 The Boeing Company
 P.O. Box 3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209618 
 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive 

Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	Alternate Engine Selection 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. PA-03860 (Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787 aircraft (Aircraft) 

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and
supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 Customer has requested and Boeing has agreed that Customer may delay the selection of engines for the Aircraft beyond the signing date of the Purchase Agreement. The engine model *** shown in Table 1
to the Purchase Agreement, Supplemental Exhibit EE1 to the Purchase Agreement, Attachment A to Letter Agreement No. UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209236***. The *** in effect at the time of engine selection will apply to the engine model selected.

 Customer shall notify Boeing of Customer’s final engine selection on or before ***, and Boeing and Customer shall
execute a Supplemental Agreement to the Purchase Agreement conforming Table 1, Supplemental Exhibit EE1 and the Performance Guarantees to Customer’s engine selection. 
 1. Confidential Treatment. 
 Customer understands and agrees that the
information contained herein represents confidential business information and has value precisely because it is not available generally or to other parties. Customer agrees to limit the disclosure of its contents to employees of Customer with a need
to know the contents for purposes of helping Customer perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement and who understand they are not to disclose its contents to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Boeing.

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209618	  	Page 1
	Alternate Engine Selection	  	

 

 
  
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	 By
	 	/s/ ***
		
	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	September 27, 2012
	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
		
	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	UAL-PA-03860-LA-1209618	  	Page 2
	Alternate Engine Selection	  	

			
	 

	 	 The Boeing Company

P.O. Box 3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 6-1162-ELP-0794 

United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive

 Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	*** Program *** 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787-8 aircraft (Aircraft) 

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and
supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 In consideration of Customer executing the Purchase Agreement and fully performing obligations under such Purchase Agreement including taking delivery of no less than *** Boeing model 787 aircraft, Boeing
agrees to provide the special considerations set forth below for Customer’s ***. 
 1. *** Program for *** Aircraft (the ***
Program) In response to Customer’s desire to ***, Boeing agrees to *** Program set forth below to Customer ***. *** 
 1.1 ***. Boeing ***. 
 1.2 Documentation. Boeing will provide Customer ***
applicable manuals, documents and data including but not limited to airplane flight manual ***. 
 2. Administration of the *** Program.

 2.1 Annual Confirmation. Customer shall annually confirm in writing that the *** the Customer at all times during each
annual confirmation period. For the avoidance of doubt, the annual confirmation period shall be from February 1st of each year through January 31st of the following year and shall commence with the first anniversary of the
month ***. 
 2.2 Annual Review. Beginning one (1) year ***, Customer will provide Boeing with *** on an annual
basis. At the end of each annual reporting period, ***. Results of this *** will be used to determine whether Customer ***. Customer’s record keeping will include data ***. *** 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0794	  	Page 1
	*** Program ***	  	

 

 
  
 3 ***. 

In accordance with the results of the annual *** as described in paragraph 2 above, if required, Customer will ***. The ***, adjusted for the *** Aircraft
*** will be *** of the specific aircraft by a ***. 
 4. Removal of Aircraft from the *** Program. 

4.1 If Customer decides to dispose of an Aircraft *** (Change of Ownership), Customer will provide a notice to Boeing not less
than ninety calendar days prior to the intended disposal of such Aircraft so that the *** Customer ***. Boeing *** Customer any ***. For the avoidance of doubt, the *** Program is offered to Customer for its *** usage and the *** is not *** Customer
***. 
 4.2 In the event that Customer should decide to sell a *** aircraft *** and immediately continue operation of the
aircraft under a lease-back arrangement, Customer may continue its utilization of such aircraft with the *** for as long as the lease arrangement continues (and thereafter for as long as Customer is the lessee of such aircraft). 

4.3 In the event Customer *** under the Purchase Agreement for the Aircraft, Boeing has right to ***. 

5. Assignment. 
 The rights and
obligations described in this Letter Agreement are provided to Customer in consideration of Customer becoming the operator of the Aircraft and can only be assigned, in whole or in part, pursuant to Article 9 of the AGTA-UAL, as amended by
6-1162-IRS-0184. 
 6. Confidential Treatment. 
 The information contained herein represents confidential business information and has value precisely because it is not available generally or to other parties. Without obtaining the prior written consent
of the other parties and except as required by law, each party will limit the disclosure of its contents to its employees who have a need to know for purposes of helping such party perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement and who will
treat the information as confidential. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0794	  	Page 2
	*** Program ***	  	

 

 
  
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	 By
	 	/s/ ***
		
	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	September 27, 2012
	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
		
	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

 Attachment 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0794	  	Page 3
	*** Program ***	  	

 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 Attachment A to 6-1162-ELP-0794 
  

									
		 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0794	  	Page 4
	*** Program ***	  	

			
	 

	 	 The Boeing Company

P.O. Box 3707
 Seattle, WA 98124-2207

 6-1162-ELP-0795 

United Air Lines, Inc. 
 77 West Wacker Drive

 Chicago, Illinois 60601-0100 
  

	Subject:	*** Program 

  

	Reference:	Purchase Agreement No. 3860 (Purchase Agreement) between The Boeing Company (Boeing) and United Air Lines, Inc. (Customer) relating to
Model 787-8 aircraft (Aircraft) 

 This letter agreement (Letter Agreement) amends and
supplements the Purchase Agreement. All terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement have the same meaning as in the Purchase Agreement. 
 In consideration of Customer executing the Purchase Agreement and fully performing obligations under such Purchase Agreement including taking delivery of no less than *** Boeing model 787 aircraft, Boeing
agrees to provide the special considerations set forth below for Customer’s ***. 
 1. *** Program for *** Aircraft (***
Program) In response to Customer’s desire to *** Boeing agrees to *** Program set forth below to Customer ***. 

1.1 ***. Boeing ***. 
 1.2 Documentation. Boeing will provide Customer *** applicable manuals, documents and data including but not limited to airplane flight manual ***. *** 

2. Administration of the *** Program. 
 2.1 Annual Confirmation. Customer shall annually confirm in writing that the *** the Customer at all times during each annual confirmation period. For the avoidance of doubt, the annual
confirmation period shall be from February 19th
of each year through February 18th of the following year and shall commence with the first anniversary of the month ***. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0795	  	Page 1
	*** Program	  	

 

 
  
 2.2 Annual Review.
Beginning one (1) year *** Customer will provide Boeing with ***on an annual basis. At the end of each annual reporting period, ***. Results of this *** will be used to determine whether Customer ***. Customer’s record keeping will include
data ***. *** 
 3 ***. 

In accordance with the results of the annual *** as described in paragraph 2 above, if required, Customer will ***. The ***, adjusted for
the *** Aircraft *** will be *** of the specific aircraft by a ***. 
 4. Removal of Aircraft from the *** Program. 

4.1 If Customer decides to dispose of an Aircraft *** “Change of Ownership”), Customer will provide a notice to Boeing
not less than *** calendar days prior to the intended disposal of such Aircraft so that the *** Customer ***. Boeing *** Customer any ***. For the avoidance of doubt, the *** Program is offered to Customer for its *** usage and the *** is not ***
Customer ***. 
 4.2 In the event that Customer should decide to sell a *** aircraft *** and immediately continue operation of
the aircraft under a lease-back arrangement, Customer may continue its utilization of such aircraft with *** for as long as the lease arrangement continues (and thereafter for as long as Customer is the lessee of such aircraft). 

4.3 In the event Customer *** under the Purchase Agreement for the Aircraft, Boeing has right ***. 

5. Assignment. 
 The rights and
obligations described in this Letter Agreement are provided to Customer in consideration of Customer becoming the operator of the Aircraft and can only be assigned, in whole or in part, pursuant to Article 9 of the AGTA-UAL as amended by Letter
Agreement No. 6-1162-IRS-0184. 
 6. Confidential Treatment. 
 The information contained herein represents confidential business information and has value precisely because it is not available generally or to other parties. Without obtaining the prior written consent
of the other parties and except as required by law, each party will limit the disclosure of its contents to its employees who have a need to know for purposes of helping such party perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement and who will
treat the information as confidential. 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0795	  	Page 2
	*** Program	  	

 

 
  
 Very truly yours, 

 

			
	THE BOEING COMPANY
		
	 By
	 	/s/ ***
		
	 Its
	 	Attorney-In-Fact
	
	 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

		
	 Date:
	 	September 27, 2012
	
	 United Air Lines, Inc.

		
	 By
	 	/s/ Gerald Laderman
		
	 Its
	 	Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

 Attachment 

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0795	  	Page 3
	*** Program	  	

 United Air Lines, Inc. 
 Attachment A to 6-1162-ELP-0795 
  

									
		 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***
	 ***
	 	***	 	***	 	***	 	***

  
 BOEING
/ UNITED AIR LINES, INC. PROPRIETARY 

  

			
	6-1162-ELP-0795	  	Page 4
	*** ProgramIndenture

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of October 25, 2012 
 among 
 CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., 

as the Issuer, 

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC, 
 as Holdings, 
 EACH OF THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent 
 and 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
 as Collateral Agent 
 9.0% PRIORITY GUARANTEE NOTES DUE 2019 

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.03, 7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	13.03
	 (c)
	  	13.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06; 13.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 13.05
	 (b)
	  	12.10
	 (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	12.03; 12.10
	 (e)
	  	13.05
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05; 13.02
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	2.12; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	13.01
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	1	  
			
	Section 1.01	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	41	  
	Section 1.03	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	42	  
	Section 1.04	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	42	  
	Section 1.05	 	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	43	  
		
	ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES	  	 	45	  
			
	Section 2.01	 	 Form and Dating; Terms
	  	 	45	  
	Section 2.02	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	46	  
	Section 2.03	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	47	  
	Section 2.04	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	47	  
	Section 2.05	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	48	  
	Section 2.06	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	48	  
	Section 2.07	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	62	  
	Section 2.08	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	62	  
	Section 2.09	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	63	  
	Section 2.10	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	63	  
	Section 2.11	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	63	  
	Section 2.12	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	63	  
	Section 2.13	 	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	64	  
		
	ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION	  	 	64	  
			
	Section 3.01	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	64	  
	Section 3.02	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	64	  
	Section 3.03	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	65	  
	Section 3.04	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	66	  
	Section 3.05	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	66	  
	Section 3.06	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	66	  
	Section 3.07	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	67	  
	Section 3.08	 	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	68	  
	Section 3.09	 	 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	  	 	68	  
		
	ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS	  	 	70	  
			
	Section 4.01	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	70	  
	Section 4.02	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	71	  
	Section 4.03	 	 Reports and Other Information
	  	 	71	  
	Section 4.04	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	73	  

  
 -i-

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	Section 4.05	 	 Taxes
	  	 	73	  
	Section 4.06	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	73	  
	Section 4.07	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	73	  
	Section 4.08	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	81	  
	Section 4.09	 	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	  	 	83	  
	Section 4.10	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	90	  
	Section 4.11	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	92	  
	Section 4.12	 	 Liens
	  	 	94	  
	Section 4.13	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	95	  
	Section 4.14	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	95	  
	Section 4.15	 	 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	97	  
	Section 4.16	 	 Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes
	  	 	97	  
	Section 4.17	 	 Impairment of Security Interest
	  	 	98	  
	Section 4.18	 	 After-Pledged Property
	  	 	98	  
	Section 4.19	 	 Status as Designated Senior Indebtedness
	  	 	98	  
	Section 4.20	 	 Designation of Credit Facilities Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement Intercreditor Agreement
	  	 	99	  
	Section 4.21	 	 Exchange at the Option of Holders in Connection with Future Loan-for-Bond Exchanges
	  	 	99	  
		
	ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS	  	 	102	  
			
	Section 5.01	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	  	 	102	  
	Section 5.02	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	104	  
		
	ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 	105	  
			
	Section 6.01	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	105	  
	Section 6.02	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	107	  
	Section 6.03	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	107	  
	Section 6.04	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	107	  
	Section 6.05	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	108	  
	Section 6.06	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	108	  
	Section 6.07	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	108	  
	Section 6.08	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	109	  
	Section 6.09	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	109	  
	Section 6.10	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	109	  
	Section 6.11	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	109	  
	Section 6.12	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	109	  
	Section 6.13	 	 Priorities
	  	 	110	  
	Section 6.14	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	110	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE	  	 	111	  
			
	Section 7.01	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	111	  
	Section 7.02	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	112	  
	Section 7.03	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	113	  
	Section 7.04	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	113	  
	Section 7.05	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	113	  
	Section 7.06	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	113	  
	Section 7.07	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	114	  
	Section 7.08	 	 Replacement of Trustee or Agent
	  	 	115	  
	Section 7.09	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	116	  
	Section 7.10	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	116	  
	Section 7.11	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
	  	 	116	  
	Section 7.12	 	 Appointment of Collateral Agent
	  	 	116	  
		
	ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	 	116	  
			
	Section 8.01	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	116	  
	Section 8.02	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	117	  
	Section 8.03	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	117	  
	Section 8.04	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	118	  
	Section 8.05	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	119	  
	Section 8.06	 	 Repayment to Issuer
	  	 	119	  
	Section 8.07	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	120	  
		
	ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 	120	  
			
	Section 9.01	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	120	  
	Section 9.02	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	121	  
	Section 9.03	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	123	  
	Section 9.04	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	123	  
	Section 9.05	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	124	  
	Section 9.06	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	124	  
	Section 9.07	 	 Payment for Consent
	  	 	124	  
		
	ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES	  	 	124	  
			
	Section 10.01	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	124	  
	Section 10.02	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	126	  
	Section 10.03	 	 Execution and Delivery
	  	 	126	  
	Section 10.04	 	 Subrogation
	  	 	127	  
	Section 10.05	 	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	127	  
	Section 10.06	 	 Release of Guarantees
	  	 	127	  
		
	ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	 	128	  
			
	Section 11.01	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	128	  
	Section 11.02	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	129	  

  
 -iii-

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 12 SECURITY DOCUMENTS	  	 	130	  
			
	Section 12.01	 	 Collateral and Security Documents
	  	 	130	  
	Section 12.02	 	 Releases of Collateral
	  	 	130	  
	Section 12.03	 	 Permitted Releases Not to Impair Lien
	  	 	131	  
	Section 12.04	 	 Suits to Protect the Collateral
	  	 	131	  
	Section 12.05	 	 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents
	  	 	132	  
	Section 12.06	 	 Purchaser Protected
	  	 	132	  
	Section 12.07	 	 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
	  	 	132	  
	Section 12.08	 	 Release Upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations
	  	 	132	  
	Section 12.09	 	 Collateral Agent
	  	 	133	  
	Section 12.10	 	 Filing, Recording and Opinions
	  	 	133	  
		
	ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	134	  
			
	Section 13.01	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	134	  
	Section 13.02	 	 Notices
	  	 	134	  
	Section 13.03	 	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	136	  
	Section 13.04	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	136	  
	Section 13.05	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	136	  
	Section 13.06	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	136	  
	Section 13.07	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	137	  
	Section 13.08	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	137	  
	Section 13.09	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	137	  
	Section 13.10	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	137	  
	Section 13.11	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	137	  
	Section 13.12	 	 Successors
	  	 	137	  
	Section 13.13	 	 Severability
	  	 	138	  
	Section 13.14	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	138	  
	Section 13.15	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	138	  
	Section 13.16	 	 Qualification of Indenture
	  	 	138	  
	Section 13.17	 	 U.S.A. Patriot Act
	  	 	138	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

	Exhibit A	Form of Priority Guarantee Note 

	Exhibit B	Form of Certificate of Transfer 

	Exhibit C	Form of Certificate of Exchange 

	Exhibit D	Form of Certificate From Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor 

	Exhibit E	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors 

  
 -iv-

 INDENTURE, dated as of October 25, 2012, among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a
Texas corporation, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, Paying Agent,
Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent. 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $1,999,815,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Priority Guarantee
Notes due 2019 (the “Initial Notes”); and 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors have duly authorized the
execution and delivery of this Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar
and the Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes (as defined below). 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf
of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to QIBs. 
 “ABL Collateral” has the meaning given to the term “Intercreditor Collateral” in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. 

“ABL Date” means the date on which the Issuer no longer has an asset-based revolving Credit Facility secured by a lien
on accounts receivable and related assets that is senior in priority to the lien on such assets in favor of the Notes. 

“ABL Facility” means the asset-based revolving Credit Facility provided under the Credit Agreement, dated as of
May 13, 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders
thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions,
renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance,
renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the
maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors. 

 “ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercreditor
Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2008, as amended and restated as of February 23, 2011 by and among Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, Citibank, N.A., as CF Collateral Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent
thereunder, and each additional junior priority representative (including the Collateral Agent) from time to time party thereto. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange
for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise. 
 “After-Pledged Property” means any property (other than property that constitutes
the Collateral as of the Issue Date or is the Springing Lien Collateral) of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subject to a Lien securing any Indebtedness under the General Credit Facilities or any other First Priority Lien Obligations (other than
the Secured Obligations). 
 “Agent” means any Collateral Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and 

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such
Note at July 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under Section 3.07(c)), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such Note through
July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note on such
Redemption Date. 

  
 -2-

 The Issuer will calculate the Applicable Premium two days prior to the applicable redemption
date and deliver the results of such calculation to the Trustee. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect
to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction)
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition and in the Section 4.10 as a “disposition”); or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; 
 in each case, other than: 
 (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents
or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business; 

(b) (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the
provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or (ii) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof or the making of any Permitted Investment; 

(d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any
transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50,000,000; 

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (f) to the extent allowable under
Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 
 (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of
Liens not prohibited by this Indenture; 

  
 -3-

 (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or
Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing; 
 (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset
securitizations permitted by this Indenture; 
 (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the
collection or compromise thereof; 
 (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course
of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

(n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations; 

(o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of
business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis; 
 (p) any surrender or waiver
of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; 
 (r) the issuance of
directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law; or 
 (s)
any disposition of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in binding joint venture or similar agreements. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; 

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited); and 

  
 -4-

 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right
to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of
participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with
GAAP. 
 “Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether
paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to
be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 
 (2) (a) Canadian dollars, pounds
sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or 
 (b) in the case of
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed
as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year
and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of
non-U.S. banks; 
 (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either
Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation
thereof; 

  
 -5-

 (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth
or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or
“A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated
AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and 
 (11) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses
(1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 “Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property. 

“CCO” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

 “CCU Mirror Note” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Issuer,
as maker, CCO, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of this Indenture. 

“CCWH Notes” means Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and 9.25% Series B
Senior Notes due 2017. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue
Date: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger,
consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; 

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the

  
 -6-

 
Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership”
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; or 

(3) the Issuer at any time ceases to be a direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto. 

“Collateral” means collectively all the property and assets on which Liens are created pursuant to the Security
Documents to secure the Secured Obligations. 
 “Collateral Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as collateral agent, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Collateral Sharing Agreement” means the Collateral Sharing Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time), by
and among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent under the General Credit Facilities, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and
actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total
amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater
of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts
and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market

  
 -7-

 
valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less
net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization
accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other
securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any
expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing and (z) any
accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
 (3) interest income of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease
Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal
financial statements are available. 
 In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems,
retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the
“Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption
of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations
and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during
the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming
that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational 

  
 -8-

 
changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or
into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with
respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for
such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition,
amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the
Issuer (and may include cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been
or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation;
provided, that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 

(1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses
related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded, 
 (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded, 
 (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations to the extent included in discontinued operations prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net
after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded, 
 (4)
any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded, 

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is
accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash
Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, 

  
 -9-

 (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar
distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein, 
 (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting
from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, 

(8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness,
(b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 
 (9) any impairment
charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in
each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded; 

(10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock
appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its
direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded; 
 (11) accruals and
reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting
policies, shall be excluded; and 
 (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long
as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180
days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business
interruption shall be excluded. 

  
 -10-

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only (other than clause
(3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and
redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the
Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior
to such date for which internal financial statements are available. 
 In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated
Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or
extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations
and discontinued operations, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or
prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period
or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became
a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued
operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition,
amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good 

  
 -11-

 
faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation,
merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within
12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided, that no cost savings or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any
amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period. 
 “Contingent
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the
“primary obligor” in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 

(2) to advance or supply funds 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose
of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the
Holders and the Issuer. 
 “Credit Agreement Intercreditor Agreement” means the First-Lien Intercreditor
Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2011, by and among the Issuer, the other Pledgors party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Credit Agreement Collateral Agent for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties and Authorized Representative for the Credit
Agreement Secured Parties, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as the Initial Additional Authorized Representative and the Notes Collateral Agent for the Additional First-Lien Secured Parties, and each additional authorized representative
(including the Collateral Agent) from time to time party thereto. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for
revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements,
modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or
commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount 

  
 -12-

 
permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries
as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 

“Custodian” means U.S. Bank National Association, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto. 
 “Dealer Managers” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated
Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend
and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial
officer of the Issuer, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Designated Non-Cash Interest” means, with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange, (i) interest on the Permitted
Debt Exchange Notes in the form of fees paid to the Holders of the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes in the Permitted Debt Exchange, (ii) stated interest required or permitted to be paid on the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes in kind or with assets
or property other than cash and (iii) interest resulting from the accretion of original issue discount on the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes, but only to the extent such original issue discount is reflected in the rate of exchange between the
Subject Debt in such Permitted Debt Exchange and the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes in such Permitted Debt Exchange. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified
Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an
Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 

  
 -13-

 “Disposition” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition
(including any sale-leaseback transaction and any sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding the Equity Interests of the Issuer)) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other
disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to
a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the
maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such
employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held
by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or
any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory
thereof. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise
and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax
examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall
not exceed $2,000,000; plus 
 (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period
(including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection
with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 -14-

 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and
such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to
be incurred by this Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any
such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification
of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions,
discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(e) (w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income,
(x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing
Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Reference Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure
and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added
back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus 
 (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any
impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges,
non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in
such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests
of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 -15-

 (h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the
Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (i) the amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as
though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually
supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Reference Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses
or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four
consecutive quarters; plus 
 (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added
back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back)
in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement,
to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (other than
Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and
such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) the minority interest income consisting
of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and 

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication): 

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and 

  
 -16-

 (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation
gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk). 
 “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the
Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (1) public
offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to
the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and 
 (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an
Excluded Contribution. 
 “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Exchanging Dealer” means a broker-dealer that acquired Notes for its own account as a result of
market-making activities that is participating in the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed
to the Issuer from, 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, 

  
 -17-

 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such
capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clauses (3)(b) and 3(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 

“Excluded Stock Collateral” means that portion of Capital Stock and debt securities of any Subsidiary of the Issuer the
granting of a security interest in to secure the Secured Obligations would cause the financial statements of such Subsidiary to be required to be separately filed with the SEC under Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act (or any other
law, rule or regulation), including as a result of any amendment, modification or interpretation by the SEC of such rule or other law, rule or regulation after the Issue Date; provided, however, that no Capital Stock or debt securities
of any Subsidiary of the Issuer that otherwise files financial statements with the SEC shall constitute Excluded Stock Collateral. 
 “Existing Priority Guarantee Notes” means the Issuer’s 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. 
 “Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date” means February 23, 2011. 
 “Existing Senior Notes” means the Issuer’s 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 10.75% Senior Cash Pay
Notes due 2016 (the “Cash Pay LBO Notes”), 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (and together with the Cash Pay LBO Notes, the “LBO Notes”), 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027 (the
Existing Senior Notes other than the LBO Notes, the “Legacy Notes”). 
 “Existing Senior Notes
Indentures” means (a) the Legacy Notes Indenture and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 (the “LBO Notes Indenture”), among the Issuer (as successor in interest to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.),
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date. 

“First Priority Lien Obligations” means (a) Obligations in respect of the General Credit Facilities,
(b) Obligations in respect of the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes, (c) the Secured Obligations and (d) Obligations in respect of any series of Obligations that have been designated as “Additional First-Lien Obligations”
under the Credit Agreement Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period; plus 
 (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person
other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus 

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding
items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period. 

  
 -18-

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after adoption of IFRS by the Issuer for financial reporting
purposes, the Issuer may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Indenture, in lieu of GAAP, and, upon any such election (the date of such election, the “IFRS Election Date”), references herein to GAAP shall be construed to mean IFRS
as in effect on the Issue Date; provided that (1) any such election once made shall be irrevocable (and shall only be made once), (2) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to this
Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS and (3) from and after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations (A) based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS and
(B) in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer
shall give notice of any election to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with 15 days of such election. Solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 “General Credit Facilities” means the term and revolving credit facilities under that certain Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2008 and amended and restated as of February 23, 2011, as will further be amended by Amendment No. 1 on or about the Issue Date, by and among Holdings, the Issuer, the subsidiary
guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or
other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or
indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or
group of lenders or investors. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii)
hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes”
means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 

  
 -19-

 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also
include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities
held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt
from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 “Guaranteed Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Pari Passu
Indebtedness of the Guarantors, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

 In the event that any Guarantor (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the
Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is made (the “Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Guaranteed
Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments,
acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a
definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be
calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the
four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall
have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this
definition, then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or
operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

  
 -20-

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to
an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given
pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment,
acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation. 
 “Guarantor” means each Person that Guarantees the Notes
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books. 
 “Holdings” means Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf
of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
as in effect on the IFRS Election Date. 
 “Immediate Family Member” means with respect to any individual, such
individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive
relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any
donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person, without duplication: 
 (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or
not contingent: 
 (a) in respect of borrowed money; 

  
 -21-

 (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters
of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease
Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business,
(ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or 

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations; 
 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance
sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not
otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the
balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be
deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged
in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Intercreditor Agreements” means the ABL
Intercreditor Agreement and the Credit Agreement Intercreditor Agreement. 

  
 -22-

 “Interest Payment Date” means June 15 and December 15 of each
year to stated maturity. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an
Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer; 
 (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or
distribution; and 
 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized
for high quality investments. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to
directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments
that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other
property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof: 

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of
the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any
property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer. 

  
 -23-

 “Investors” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of
their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing. 
 “Issue Date” means October 25, 2012. 

“Issuer” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

 “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be
the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Legacy Notes” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Existing Senior Notes”. 
 “Legacy Notes Indenture” means the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997, between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or
supplemented as of the Issue Date. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial
banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the
letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a
Lien. 
 “LTM Cost Base” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating
expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP. 
 “MFN Permitted Debt A/B Exchange Notes” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for any
MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, any registration rights agreement applicable to such MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before
any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

  
 -24-

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale
and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions,
any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be
repaid in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under any First Priority Lien Obligations) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other
disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Issuer
and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons). 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
For purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture unless otherwise indicated. 

“Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent
to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law),
premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including
any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Circular” means the offering circular, dated October 12, 2012, relating to the offer by the Issuer to exchange up to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the
Issuer’s outstanding term loans under the General Credit Facilities for a like principal amount of the Initial Notes. 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President,
Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer. 
 “Officer’s
Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the
requirements set forth in this Indenture. 

  
 -25-

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 

(1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment with
the Notes; and 
 (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari
passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee; 
 provided, however, that the Existing Senior Notes shall
not constitute Pari Passu Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture. 
 “Participant” means, with
respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a
combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person. 
 “Permitted Debt Exchange” means (i) a Permitted Debt Exchange (as defined in the General Credit Facilities in effect on the Issue Date) or (ii) any issuance of debt securities
in exchange for term loans under the General Credit Facilities that are outstanding on the Issue Date; provided that no transaction shall be deemed to be a Permitted Debt Exchange pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition to the
extent that it relates to indebtedness whose principal amount exceeds $3,000,000,000, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the General Credit Facilities that has been subject to a Permitted Debt Exchange
(pursuant to either clause (i) or (ii) of this definition) after the Issue Date; and provided further, solely for the avoidance of doubt, a term loan extension transaction shall not constitute a Permitted Debt Exchange. 

“Permitted Debt Exchange Notes” means, with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange, any debt securities issued to
holders of Subject Debt in such Permitted Debt Exchange. 
 “Permitted Holder” means any of the Investors and
members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent or CC Media Holdings, Inc.) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such
group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and
(y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue
Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in
accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof) will thereafter, together with its
Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 

  
 -26-

 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business
if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person, in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or
other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an
Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of
such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under
this Indenture; 
 (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Issuer or any such
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or 

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured
Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging
Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; 
 (8) any Investment the payment
for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 

  
 -27-

 (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted
and made in accordance with Section 4.11(b) hereof (except clauses (2), (5), (9) and (14) of Section 4.11(b) hereof; provided, however, that payments of regularly scheduled principal and interest shall be permitted
if otherwise permitted by clause (14) of Section 4.11(b) hereof); 
 (11) any Investment consisting of
a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 
 (12) additional Investments
having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of
such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $600,000,000 and (y) 2.00% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value; 
 (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good
faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility; 
 (14)
advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $20,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 

(15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well
as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

 (17) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a
“local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person; 
 (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with
Section 4.12 hereof; 
 (19) any purchase or repurchase of the Notes; and 

(20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, that does not exceed $200,000,000 (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

  
 -28-

 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance,
employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders,
contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, appeal bonds or
letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and
mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such
Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or
subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property
taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property; 

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with
respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of
its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor
encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar
purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness (a) permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified)
pursuant to clause (1), (2), (3), (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (1), (2), (3), (5) or (18) remains classified as
incurred thereunder or under another clause permitted to be secured pursuant to this clause (6); and provided further, however, that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so
classified) pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer; and (b) permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to

  
 -29-

 
Section 4.09(b)(12)(b); provided, however, that the maximum amount of obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to
Section 4.09(b)(12)(b) that may be secured by Liens may not exceed $500,000,000 at any time outstanding. 

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not
extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (9)
Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may
not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (10) Liens
securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; 

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (17) Liens on (x) accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Receivables Facility, and (y) any Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

  
 -30-

 (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or
replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clause (33) below;
provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time
is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (33) at the time the original Lien became
a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 

(19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers; 
 (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $50,000,000 in the
aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
 (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting
an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally
terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (22) Liens in favor
of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the
course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering
deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 
 (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the
subject of such repurchase agreement; 
 (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin
deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with
banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business; 

  
 -31-

 (27) Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes to the extent permitted by the
Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing
house transfers of funds; 
 (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license,
franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the
continuance thereof; 
 (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted; 

(32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or
authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (33) Liens
securing obligations under Indebtedness in an amount that, as of the date such Indebtedness was Incurred and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the
Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio to exceed 6.75 to 1.00; provided, however, that the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis and with at least equal priority to the extent such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Indebtedness (or
greater priority to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness) by the assets subject to such Liens securing such Indebtedness and subject to intercreditor arrangements, in each case, no less favorable to the Holders of the
Notes than those set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements. 
 For purposes of this definition, the term
“Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint
stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Pledgor” means the Issuer and each other Person that has granted, or purported to grant, any Lien on any Collateral pursuant to any of the Security Documents. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up. 

  
 -32-

 “Principal Property” means each radio broadcasting, television broadcasting
or outdoor advertising property located in the United States owned or leased by the Issuer or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Legacy Notes Indenture) that is a “Principal Property” under (and as determined in accordance with) the Legacy
Notes Indenture. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i)(A) hereof
to be placed on all 144A Global Notes, all IAI Global Notes and all Definitive Notes sold to QIBs and Institutional Accredited Investors issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in
(a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes
registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “Public Debt” shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of
such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of
any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or
any other type of Indebtedness Incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.” 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a
Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith. 
 “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to
which such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (A) one or more Securitization Subsidiaries or (B) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any
Securitization Assets of CCO or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCO or its Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that are customarily granted in
connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined
in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all
sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any
Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), (d) after giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would
be (A) less than 8.0 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing and (y) the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio would be
(A) less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (e) the proceeds from such sale will be used by the Issuer to

  
 -33-

 
permanently reduce Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto and to equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as
provided under Section 3.07 equally and ratably purchase Obligations under the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of
the principal amount thereof) or to make an offer (in a manner consistent with the procedures set forth an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but
unpaid interest, and (f) the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (e) have been satisfied. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the
Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified,
extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a
Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts
receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility. 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more
Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Record Date” for the interest or
Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the February 15 or August 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Reference Date” means July 30, 2008. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer Managers and any
similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional Notes 
 “Regulation D” means Regulation
D promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent
Global Note, as applicable. 
 “Regulation S Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(i)(B) hereof to be placed on all Regulation S Global Notes and all Definitive Notes sold to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Regulation S issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions
of this Indenture. 

  
 -34-

 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the
form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary
Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Regulation S Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof. 
 “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such
Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the
Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily
performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Definitive
Note” means a Definitive Note bearing a Restricted Note Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a
Global Note bearing a Restricted Note Legend. 
 “Restricted Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Note Legend” means the Private Placement Legend or the Regulation S Legend, as applicable, to be placed on
all Notes issued under the Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign
Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of
“Restricted Subsidiary.” 

  
 -35-

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its
rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 “Scheduled Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in such
Indebtedness as the date on which the principal of such Indebtedness is due and payable or the date on which such Indebtedness is required to be repurchased by the issuer thereof or borrower thereunder. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 “Secured Obligations” means all Obligations in respect of the Notes or this Indenture. 

“Secured Parties” means the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Holders, the beneficiaries of each indemnification
obligation undertaken by the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Security Document, and the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, Intercreditor
Agreements and any joinders thereto, the other intercreditor agreements and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating
security interests in the assets of Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as security for the Secured Obligations, as contemplated by this Indenture. 
 “Securitization Assets” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and any other assets
related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof. 

  
 -36-

 “Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by
means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the
Issuer) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of
Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors
of the Issuer or such other Person as provided below as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Issuer or any other
Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or
obligates Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the
Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with
which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be
no less favorable to Holdings, the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (c) to which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer,
other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means (i) any ABL Facility and (ii) the General Credit Facilities. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Significant Party” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related,
incidental or ancillary thereto. 
 “Special Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain
management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer and/or any direct or indirect parent company, as in effect on the date of the Offering Circular, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from
time to time; provided, however, that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than
the agreement in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 -37-

 “Springing Lien Collateral” means (1) any capital stock and any
indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (as defined in the Legacy Notes Indenture) and (2) any Principal Property, in each case that is an asset of the Issuer or any Guarantor; provided that in either case the Springing Lien Collateral will
be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction) other than any such exception or limitation applicable only prior to the Springing Lien
Trigger Date. 
 “Springing Lien Trigger Date” means, the earliest date on which (1) the aggregate
principal amount of the Legacy Notes outstanding is $500,000,000 or less, (2) the Legacy Notes Indenture has been amended or otherwise modified to remove or limit the applicability of the limitation on mortgages covenant set forth in the Legacy
Notes Indenture, (3) any Legacy Notes are secured or become required to be secured by a Lien on any Springing Lien Collateral or (4) the General Credit Facilities are secured by a Lien on any Springing Lien Collateral (other than any such
Lien securing the General Credit Facilities permitted under the Legacy Notes Indenture solely pursuant to the basket in the Legacy Notes Indenture that is determined by reference to 15% of the total consolidated stockholders’ equity of the
Issuer as shown on the Issuer’s audited consolidated balance sheet contained in the latest annual report to its stockholders (as the Legacy Notes Indenture is in effect on the Issue Date). 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by
Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal
prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subject Debt” means, with respect to any
Permitted Debt Exchange, the term loans under the General Credit Facilities that are subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means: 

(1) the Existing Senior Notes and any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to
the Notes; and 
 (2) the guarantee, if any, of a Guarantor of the Existing Senior Notes and any Indebtedness of
any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or
other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having
such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. 

  
 -38-

 “Total Assets” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated. 

“Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in
connection with the Transactions. 
 “Transactions” means (1) the offering and issuance of the Notes
exchanged for term loans under the General Credit Facilities on the Issue Date, (2) the amendment of the General Credit Facilities and the related documentation in connection with the issuance of the Notes and (3) the payment of the
Transaction Expenses. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such
Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2015; provided, however, that
if the period from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “UCC” or
“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority
of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, such terms shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect
from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear a Restricted Note Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, that bears
the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear
a Restricted Note Legend. 

  
 -39-

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means; 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Issuer, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other
than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (1) any
Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a
similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer; 
 (2) such designation complies with
Section 4.07; and 
 (3) each of: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 

(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which
the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set
forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or 
 (2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation; 
 provided, however, that in each
case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the
Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in
Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 

  
 -40-

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with
respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 
 (2) the sum
of all such payments. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of
the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of
such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11(a)
	 “AHYDO”
	  	3.08(a)
	 “AHYDO Catch-up Payment”
	  	3.08(a)
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10(c)
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Defeased Covenants”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10(c)
	 “incur” or “incurrence”
	  	4.09(a)
	 “Initial Default”
	  	6.04
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “MFN Exchange Date”
	  	4.21(d)
	 “MFN Exchange Offer”
	  	4.21(a)
	 “MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”
	  	4.21(g)
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes A/B Exchange Offer”
	  	4.21(g)
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	3.07(a)
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.09(b)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.07(b)

  
 -41-

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Person”
	  	5.01(c)
	 “Transfer Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	4.07(b)

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of
this Indenture. 
 The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 
 “indenture
to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors,
respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this
Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 (a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (i) a term has the
meaning assigned to it; 
 (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP; 
 (iii) “or” is not exclusive; 

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(v) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

  
 -42-

 (vii) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be
deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 

(viii) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or
“clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 
 (ix) words
used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 
 (x) the words “including,”
“includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”; 
 (xi)
the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred
Stock at such time, whichever is greater; 
 (xii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and
“hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; and 

(xiii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect.

 (b) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture (i) references to documents, agreements and other contractual
instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not
prohibited by this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document and (ii) “consolidated”, with respect to any Person, refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such
consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person. 
 Section 1.05 Acts
of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this
Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such
agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this
Section 1.05. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by
the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution
of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 

  
 -43-

 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every
future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by
the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote
or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote,
prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation. 

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with
regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by
a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or
take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a
Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note
held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to
be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made,
given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 

  
 -44-

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each Global Note shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06
hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in
the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Registrar, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the
nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the
receipt by the Trustee and Registrar of: 
 (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies
of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of
any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note
or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 
 (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer. 
 Following the termination of
the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the
authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 

  
 -45-

 (d) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent
any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The
Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof. 
 Additional Notes ranking pari passu
with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status,
redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the
benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture. 
 (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The
provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of
Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time such Note is authenticated, such Note shall nevertheless be valid. 

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and
deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such
Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 

  
 -46-

 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to
deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration
(“Registrar”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“Transfer Agent”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of
New York, where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more
co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Transfer Agent” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so
require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar
or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar. 
 The Issuer
initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee
to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the
Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.
Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than Holdings, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money. If Holdings, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall
segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (or similar proceedings) relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying
Agent for the Notes. 

  
 -47-

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the
Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there
shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein
shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided
in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in
the Restricted Note Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 

  
 -48-

 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order
from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written
order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;
provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by
the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been
satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.
A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee shall take
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 

(C) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies
with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and: 

  
 -49-

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not
(1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable
Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer or the Registrar, as applicable, to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in a Restricted Note Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred
pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the
occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

  
 -50-

 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being
transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the
Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated
in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names
and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear a Restricted Note Legend and shall be
subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note
to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii) (B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

  
 -51-

 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the
transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate
(as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging
Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Issuer or the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer or the Registrar, as applicable, to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Note Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a)
hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the
Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall 

  
 -52-

 
authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant
to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the
Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Restricted Note Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
 (B) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through
(D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause
to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the
applicable Regulation S Global Note and in the case of clause (E) above, the IAI Global Note. 

  
 -53-

 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging
Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer or the Registrar, as applicable, to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
and in the Restricted Note Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon
satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

  
 -54-

 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected
pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the
Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e),
the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a
written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents
and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e): 
 (i) Restricted
Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (A) if the transfer shall be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; or 
 (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by
the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
 (B) any
such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

  
 -55-

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and,
in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer or the Registrar, as applicable, to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Note Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such
Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the
Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal
to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted
Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities
under this Indenture. 
 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture: 

  
 -56-

 (i) Restricted Note Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (C) below, each 144A Global Note, each IAI Global Note and each Definitive
Note sold to QIBs and to Institutional Accredited Investors (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the Private Placement Legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5
OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT (I) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(A) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE), (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND, IN THE CASE OF CLAUSES (D) OR (E), BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO
REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (II) THE
HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (I) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.” 

  
 -57-

 (B) Except as permitted by subparagraph (C) below, each Regulation S
Global Note and each Definitive Note sold to a non-U.S. person in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act shall bear the Regulation S Legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5
OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT (I) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(A) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE), (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND, IN THE CASE OF CLAUSES (D) OR (E), BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO
REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (II) THE
HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (I) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. 

  
 -58-

 BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IT
IS PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR
TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE CLOSING DATE, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S (OR RULE 144A, IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii),
(c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend or the Regulation S Legend. 

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE
OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED
IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS 

  
 -59-

 
MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (iii) Regulation S
Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED
HEREIN).” 
 (iv) Definitive Note Legend. Each certificate evidencing a Definitive Note shall, in addition to the
foregoing, bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER
TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

(v) OID Legend. Each certificate evidencing a Note shall, in addition to the foregoing, bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY MAY HAVE BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) AS DEFINED IN SECTION
1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. FOR INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE DATE, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF OID, IF ANY, PER $1.00 OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY PLEASE CONTACT THE COMPANY AT CLEAR
CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78209, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.” 
 (h)
Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and
not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an
endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such increase. 

  
 -60-

 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer shall require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07,
2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the
transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of any
notice of redemption of Notes under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes
selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or an MFN Exchange Offer. 
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner
of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by
notice to the contrary. 
 (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer
designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or
denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 (viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a)
hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes
are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.02 hereof. 

  
 -61-

 (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to
the Registrar or the Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 (x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence
as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

(xi) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If either (x) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement Note. An indemnity bond must be
supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge
for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled
to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08
Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as
set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such Note shall cease to be
outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than Holdings, the Issuer, a Subsidiary of
the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any Notes payable on such date, then such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and
after such date. 

  
 -62-

 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may
be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes
to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled
Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons
who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each
Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements
satisfactory to the Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to 

  
 -63-

 
be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Paying Agent shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record
date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Paying Agent shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in
any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Paying Agent in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause
to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon
registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers. 
 The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use
CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes
pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee with a copy to the Agents, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph
of such Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased
(a) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent
practicable and in accordance the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary) with or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Registrar shall
deem appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar or the Paying Agent from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 -64-

 The Trustee and Registrar shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected
for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples
of $1,000; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for
redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered
address (provided, that any such notice provided to the Trustee to forward shall be provided to the Trustee at least 15 days before the latest date such notice is required to be sent), or shall otherwise deliver on such time frame such notice
in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP number(s)) and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price; 
 (c) that if any Note is to be redeemed
in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note
representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes
called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that,
unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes. 

  
 -65-

 At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 15 days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03
(unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as
provided in Section 3.07 hereof and in Section 5 of the Notes). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to
give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof,
on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 Section 3.05
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee
or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall
promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all
Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date,
then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so
paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the
extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a
Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered
representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this
Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 

  
 -66-

 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the Notes. The Notes will be payable at par in cash at
maturity. 
 (b) At any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other
Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption
Date”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Issuer may provide
in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person and may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent. 
 (c) On and after July 15, 2015, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other
Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 3.03 hereof, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed)
set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person and may, at the Issuer’s
discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of
each of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	104.500	% 
	 2016
	  	 	103.000	% 
	 2017
	  	 	101.500	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (d) Any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 (e) Until July 15, 2015, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or
more occasions, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, redeem up to 40.0% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes
issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further, that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity
Offering. 

  
 -67-

 (f) The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and
performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or
notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (g) The Registrar or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be purchased pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 
 (a) On the first Interest Payment
Date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2 of the Notes, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes. The “AHYDO Catch-Up Payment” for a particular Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes means the
minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such Interest Payment Date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to the Notes before the close of such Interest Payment Date (as
described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on the Notes (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up
Payments) before the close of such Interest Payment Date plus (ii) the product of the issue price of the Notes as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the
Code), with the result that the Notes are not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided, however, for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of
the Notes is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, which is currently 5.93%, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes. It is intended that no Note will be an
“applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, and this provision will be interpreted consistently with such intent. The computations and determinations required
in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment will be made by the Issuer in its good faith reasonable discretion and will be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error. 
 (b) The AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. The Issuer shall not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

(a) The Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in clauses (b) through (f) of this Section 3.09 for any Asset Sale
Offer commenced pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof. 
 (b) An Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business
Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the
“Purchase Date”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, other First Priority Lien Obligations (on a pro rata basis, if applicable),
or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other First Priority Lien Obligations tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

  
 -68-

 (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest
Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional
interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset
Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length
of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase
Date; 
 (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
 (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached
to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the
case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and other First Priority Lien Obligations surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Registrar shall select the Notes and such other First Priority Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis
based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such other First Priority Lien Obligations tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000; and 

  
 -69-

 (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. 

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata
basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to
the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered. 
 (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such
Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note
to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal
amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Any
Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4

 COVENANTS 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if
any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than Holdings, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer
in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day
and no additional interest or other amounts shall be payable in respect of the interest period for which such payment is made as a result of such extension of time. 
 The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 -70-

 The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuer shall
maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of
its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any
such other office or agency. 
 The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at U.S. Bank National
Association, 14241 Dallas Parkway, Suite 490, Dallas, Texas 75254 Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (972) 789-9605), as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 

Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information. 
 (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided
for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Issuer shall file with the SEC no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below, 

(1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with
respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required
in such successor or comparable form; 
 (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the
rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly
information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; 
 (3)
promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and 

  
 -71-

 (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer
would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 in each case, in a manner that
complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer shall make
available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within five days after the time the Issuer would have been required to file such
information with the SEC as required pursuant to this Section 4.03(a). To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above in this Section 4.03(a) and such information is subsequently furnished
(including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Issuer shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been
cured; provided, that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any,
interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the
foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act. 
 (b) For so long as Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer is a Guarantor of
the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by
consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the
other hand. 
 (c) In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, in
connection therewith, the Issuer shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration
statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that
satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. Reports filed by the Company with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to be filed with the Trustee as of the time such reports are filed via EDGAR. 

(e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt
of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 

  
 -72-

 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the
Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this
Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during
such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have
knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 
 (b) When any Default has occurred
and is continuing under this Indenture of which the Issuer is aware, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a
claimed Default of which the Issuer is aware, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying
such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all
material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the
Notes. 
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (I) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such
Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than: 

  
 -73-

 (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or 
 (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long
as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at
least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 
 (II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger,
amalgamation or consolidation; 
 (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than: 

(A) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or 

(B) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or Scheduled Maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or
such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or 
 (IV) make any Restricted Investment

 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as
“Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect
to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to
clause (c) thereof only), (6)(c) and (8) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication): 

(a) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the
first day of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 

  
 -74-

 (b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including cash and the fair market
value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date (other than net cash
proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of: 

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds
and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 
 (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, after the Existing Priority
Guarantee Notes Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and 

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and 
 (B) to the extent such proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent
companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of
Section 4.07(b) hereof); or 
 (ii) debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted
into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; 

provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as
defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or
(Z) Excluded Contributions; plus 
 (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net proceeds (including cash
and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date (other than (i) net cash
proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and
(iii) from any Excluded Contributions); plus 

  
 -75-

 (d) 100% of the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair
market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of: 

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by
the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case with respect to Restricted Investments made after the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date; or 

(ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date; plus 
 (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such
Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $100,000,000, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment. 
 (b)
Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date
of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent
company of the Issuer, to the extent of the cash proceeds actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the
declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately
prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital
Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per
year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 

  
 -76-

 (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as: 
 (a) the principal amount (or
accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased,
repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged,
acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness; 

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such
Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value; 
 (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased,
exchanged, acquired or retired; and 
 (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to
or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; 

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent
companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent
company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do
not exceed in any calendar year $50,000,000 with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75,000,000 in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any
calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 

  
 -77-

 (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the
Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted
Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus 
 (b) the cash proceeds of key
man life insurance policies received by the Issuer (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and
(b) of this clause (4); 
 and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s
direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (6) (a) the declaration and
payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid
pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock; 

(b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund
the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to
this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or 

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends
declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b); 
 provided, however,
that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated
Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; 

  
 -78-

 (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock
options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (8) a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock, following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after
the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer from any such public Equity Offering; 
 (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to
this clause (10) not to exceed $400,000,000; 
 (11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and
Securitization Fees; 
 (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and
expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates paid substantially concurrently with the completion of the Transactions, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, and any payments to holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer
(immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions) in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;

 (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness
pursuant to the provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided, however, that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value; 
 (14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the
payment of other distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay,
in each case without duplication, 
 (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain
their legal existence; 
 (b) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise and similar taxes;
provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if
such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year (and to the extent of any amounts actually received in cash
from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries); 
 (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits
are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 -79-

 (d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or
indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(e) amounts payable to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement; 

(f) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (i) any equity or debt offering of such
parent entity (whether or not successful) and (ii) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful); 
 (g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and 
 (h) to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made
pursuant to this covenant; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment; (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing
thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary)
receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture; (D) any
property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
by another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (9) thereof); 

(15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders
pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01 hereof;
provided, however, that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value; 

  
 -80-

 (17) any Restricted Payments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that,
in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; 
 (18) the purchase of Equity Interests of CCO not owned by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise); and 

(19) redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Existing Senior Notes prior to their Scheduled
Maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed $350,000,000. 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to,
any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10), (15), (17) and (19) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

(c) The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last
sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent
repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments”. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such
amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly,
create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay (A) dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its
Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (B) any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the
Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures; 
 (2) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and
the related documentation and (y) this Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees; 

  
 -81-

 (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course
of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired; 

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed; 

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Issuer
or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

 (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that
limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or
other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; 

(10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;

 (11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement,
including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) any encumbrances or restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or
advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing; and 
 (13) any encumbrances
or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the
contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement,
refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

  
 -82-

 Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “Incur” or “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”)
with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any
shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that (1) the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, if the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 7.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at
the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further, however, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or
issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $750,000,000 of
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) at such time. 
 (b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to: 
 (1) the
incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances
being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $16,270,638,000 outstanding at any one time, less (x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date,
and (y) the aggregate amount of proceeds received from the sale of any Securitization Assets made since the Issue Date; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes) including any MFN Permitted Debt
Exchange Notes issued in an MFN Exchange Offer in exchange therefor; 
 (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any
Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement and (ii) any MFN Permitted Debt A/B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of any MFN Permitted Debt A/B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for any MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes and related guarantees pursuant to the
registration rights agreement applicable to such MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes; 

  
 -83-

 (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence
on the Issue Date, including the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes (other than Indebtedness as allocated to clauses (1), (2) or (12)(b) of this Section 4.09(b)); 

(5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity
Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under
this clause (5), not to exceed $150,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter; 

(6) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect
to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding
workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such
drawing or incurrence; 
 (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any
Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of
ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise
reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7)); 
 (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness (other than
pursuant to the CCU Mirror Note) owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as applicable; provided
further, however, that any event, including subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock, that results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other subsequent transfer of any such
Indebtedness (except to the Issuer, a Restricted Guarantor or, subject to the subordination requirements in this clause (8), a Restricted Subsidiary and except for any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in
each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8); 

  
 -84-

 (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the
Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent
transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of
Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9); 
 (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations
entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 

(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion
guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an
aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or
cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses
(3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to
Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof); provided, however, that any amounts in excess of 100.0% shall be
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that has a
Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder, and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all
other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $1,000,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this
covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this
clause (12)(b)); 
 (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or
the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in
each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease: 

  
 -85-

 (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (12)(a) above and clause (14) below, or 
 (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described
in clause (a) above, 
 including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to
pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof
being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Issuer (collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that
such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing
Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of
prepayment of such Indebtedness), 
 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds,
refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to
the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and 
 (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to
refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for
purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses and the dollar limitation in clause (5) shall not be breached by virtue of any Indebtedness that constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness being so classified as incurred under
clause (5); and 
 (D) shall not include: 

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer; 

  
 -86-

 (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; or 
 (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (in
the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer) incurred or issued after the Issue Date to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either: 

(i) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or 
 (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 provided, however,
that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis in accordance with the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio; 
 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; 
 (16)
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted
Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or 
 (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof; 

(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and
together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $250,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause
(18) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18),
with such automatic reclassification subject to the $750,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if,
after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $750,000,000 sublimit would be
exceeded); 

  
 -87-

 (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to
finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; 

(20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and
similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and 
 (21) customer deposits and
advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09 and Section 4.12: 
 (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item
of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof
or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided, however, that (A) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date that has been allocated (as of the Issue Date) to Section 4.09(b)(1) under the indenture governing the Existing
Priority Guarantee Notes will be treated as incurred under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) and the CCWH Notes and any other Indebtedness that is incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor under such clause (1) shall not
be reclassified, (B) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified, (C) Indebtedness incurred or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification, such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be
permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified, and (D) any Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date that has been allocated (as of the Issue Date) to Section 4.09(b)(12)(b)
under the indenture governing the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes shall be allocated to Section 4.09(b)(12)(b) above and shall not be reallocated to Section 4.09(b)(4); and 

(2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an
item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof; provided, however, that (x) with
respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under this Indenture

  
 -88-

 
and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
under this Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification. 
 (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion
of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence
of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 (e) For purposes
of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness
denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing. 
 (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency
exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting
Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 (g) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in
right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and
in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this Indenture, (1) Indebtedness that is unsecured is not
deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior
priority with respect to the same collateral and (3) Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness. All Indebtedness (other than the CCU Mirror Note)
owed to the Issuer by any Restricted Guarantor shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Secured Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note. 

  
 -89-

 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless: 

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such
Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, 

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and 

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having
an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $300,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and 

(3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, 

(A) such Asset Sale complies with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents; and 

(B) to the extent required by the Security Documents, all consideration received in such Asset Sale shall be expressly
made subject to Liens under the Security Documents. 
 (b) Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset
Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 

  
 -90-

 (1) to permanently reduce: 

(A) Obligations constituting First Priority Lien Obligations under the General Credit Facilities (other than any General
Credit Facilities that also constitute Public Debt) (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); 

(B) until the ABL Date, Obligations under the ABL Facility (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect
thereto) so long as the Net Proceeds of the Asset Sale are with respect to ABL Collateral; 
 (C) Obligations
under (i) the Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other First Priority Lien Obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto) if and to the extent required by the terms of such Obligations; provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 5 of each of the Notes and
Section 3.02 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 and
Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest; or 

(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with
respect thereto) so long as the Net Proceeds of the Asset Sale are with respect to assets owned by such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale are received by such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
an Asset Sale by such Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (2) to (a) make an Investment in any one or more
businesses, provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of
such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) either (x) are
used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 

provided, however, that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net
Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18
months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided further, however, that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any
reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds
from any Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds,” except the amount of Excess Proceeds will be
reduced by an amount equal to the difference between (x) the principal amount of the Notes offered to be purchased in a bona fide offer 

  
 -91-

 
pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(c) and (y) the principal amount of the Notes that were purchased pursuant to such offer. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the
Notes exceeds $100,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any other First Priority Lien Obligations, to the holder of such First Priority Lien Obligations (an “Asset Sale
Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such First Priority Lien Obligations that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 thereof (in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess
Proceeds exceed $100,000,000 by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing
obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess
Proceeds of $100,000,000 or less. 
 To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal
amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such First Priority Lien Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general
corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture and the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the First Priority Lien
Obligations surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Registrar or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such First Priority Lien Obligations shall
select such other First Priority Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or as near a pro rata basis as permitted by the applicable rules and procedures the Depositary) of a based on the principal amount of the Notes and
the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such First Priority Lien Obligations tendered in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be
reset at zero. 
 (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such
Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest or apply such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by
this Indenture. 
 (e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an
“Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20,000,000, unless: 

  
 -92-

 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less
favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that
such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a). 
 (b)
Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and
Investments constituting Permitted Investments; 
 (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring,
transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses and indemnities, directly or indirectly, to the Investors, in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement; 

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid
to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement), or any amendment
thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its
obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements
which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing

  
 -93-

 
agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are
not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole; 
 (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses; 

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods
or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the
senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 
 (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing; 

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory,
financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as
otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 
 (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or
consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants
which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and 
 (14) (a)
Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable
terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt of the Issuer or any Subsidiaries outstanding as of the Issue
Date or Notes, in each case, held by Affiliates. 
 Section 4.12 Liens. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive
income therefrom. 

  
 -94-

 (b) At any time that any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Guarantor incurs,
assumes or suffers to exist any Lien that secures any First Priority Lien Obligation (other than the Secured Obligations) on any asset or property of such Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Secured
Obligations, on an equal and ratable basis, by the assets subject to such Liens, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such assets to the same extent and with the same force and effect
as to the other Collateral. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings and the Issuer will not, and the Issuer will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (including Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that secures Obligations under
Indebtedness that is contractually senior in priority (without regard to control of remedies) to any security interest at any time granted to secure the Notes or the Guarantees and is also contractually junior in priority (without regard to control
of remedies) to any security interest at any time granted to secure any other Indebtedness. 
 Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.

 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time). 

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth in Section 5 of each of the Notes
and Section 3.03 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”)
equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, to each Holder of Notes to the
address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information: 
 (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the
Issuer; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later
than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 -95-

 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase
such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile or electronic mail transmission (via pdf) or a letter setting forth
the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7) that the Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to
the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount; 

(8) if such notice is sent prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is
conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and 
 (9) the other instructions, as determined by the
Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow. 
 The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided,
shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is sent in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but
it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer
shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase by the Issuer of Notes
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not
be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date,
the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law, 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions
thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount
equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an
Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer. 

  
 -96-

 (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all
Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Other
than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than a Restricted Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing not more than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless: 
 (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers (i) a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto, providing for a Guarantee
by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a related Guarantee, any
such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted
Guarantor’s related Guarantee, and (ii) supplements to each then existing Security Document and/or one or more additional Security Documents pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall grant to the Collateral Agent a security
interest in, and a Lien on, all of its title, rights and interest in, to and under assets that are of the type and kind constituting Collateral; and 
 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Financing by any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) guarantees of Indebtedness of any Foreign
Subsidiary by any other Foreign Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Domestic Subsidiary
that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Domestic Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods described in clauses (1) and (2) of this
Section 4.15. 
 Section 4.16 Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes. 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend any of the Existing Senior Notes or any Existing
Senior Notes Indenture, or any supplemental indenture in respect thereof, to create, incur or assume any Lien that secures any of the Existing Senior Notes other than to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue
Date. 

  
 -97-

 Section 4.17 Impairment of Security Interest. 

Holdings and the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any
action which action or omission might reasonably or would (in the good faith determination of the Issuer), have the result of materially impairing the value of the security interests taken as a whole (including the lien priority with respect
thereto) with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes (including materially impairing the lien priority of the Notes with respect thereto) (it being understood that any release permitted by the
terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements and the incurrence of Permitted Liens shall not be deemed to so materially impair the security interests with respect to the Collateral). 

Section 4.18 After-Pledged Property. 
 (a) With respect to After-Pledged Property of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security
instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a valid and perfected first-priority security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such
After-Pledged Property to secure the Secured Obligations and to have such After-Pledged Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Pledged
Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect as to the other Collateral. 
 (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors
shall, on a date that is not later than the earlier of the date on which the Lien in any Springing Lien Collateral is granted for the benefit of the General Credit Facilities or 60 days after the Springing Lien Trigger Date, execute and deliver such
mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a valid and perfected first-priority security interest, subject only to
Permitted Liens, in all the Springing Lien Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations; provided that, if only the events in clauses (3) and (4) of the definition of Springing Lien Trigger Date have occurred, only such of the
Springing Lien Collateral as is subject to such Lien securing any Legacy Notes or the General Credit Facilities, as the case may be, shall be required to secure the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.18(b). 

Section 4.19 Status as Designated Senior Indebtedness. 
 Holdings, the Issuer and each Restricted Guarantor will designate the Guarantee of each of such Guarantor as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for all purposes under the LBO Notes Indenture and
the Trustee shall be the “Representative” of the Notes as such term is used in the LBO Notes Indenture. 

  
 -98-

 Section 4.20 Designation of Credit Facilities Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 With respect to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities,
or any extension, refunding, refinancing or renewal thereof, that constitutes First Priority Lien Obligations under the Credit Agreement Intercreditor Agreement but is not Public Debt, the Issuer will cause the administrative agent or similar agent
or representative under such Indebtedness to designate the obligations thereunder as the “Credit Agreement” for purposes of the Credit Agreement Intercreditor Agreement. 
 Section 4.21 Exchange at the Option of Holders in Connection with Future Loan-for-Bond Exchanges. 
 (a) If at any time and from time to time after the Issue Date the Issuer consummates a Permitted Debt Exchange, and the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes: (i) are issued prior to the second anniversary
of the Issue Date and accrue interest (including Designated Non-Cash Interest) at a rate higher than 9.0% per annum; (ii) mature prior to December 15, 2019 or have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Notes;
(iii) have collateral that is not collateral securing Obligations under the Notes; (iv) have guarantors or other obligors that are not guarantors or obligors with respect to the Notes; (v) have any financial maintenance covenants;
(vi) have covenants with respect to any of (1) limitations on restricted payments, (2) limitations on indebtedness or (3) limitations on liens, in any case, that are more restrictive than the corresponding covenants applicable to
the Notes, as set forth in Sections 4.07, 4.09 or 4.12 hereof, respectively; (vii) contain any mandatory redemption, offer to purchase or other prepayment provisions that are additional to those relating to the Notes; (viii) are issued
prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date and are accompanied by other securities or other consideration; (ix) are issued prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date and have rights to convert or exercise such Permitted Debt
Exchange Notes for or into securities or other consideration; (x) have rights to exchange such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes for or into securities or other consideration; (xi) have redemption provisions that permit the Issuer to
(1) redeem such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes at an initial redemption price greater than par plus half the coupon of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes or (2) redeem such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or
more Equity Offerings at a redemption price greater than par plus the coupon of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes; or (xii) contain “make-whole” redemption provisions that are calculated in a more favorable manner in any material
respect to holders of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes than the corresponding provisions applicable to holders of Notes, then the Issuer shall, within 30 days following the consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange, offer to exchange all of the
Notes for such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (plus any other consideration offered to the holders of Subject Debt in such Permitted Debt Exchange), at the same exchange rate as that offered to holders of the Subject Debt (an “MFN Exchange
Offer”). 
 (b) Any determination by the Issuer that an MFN Exchange Offer is not required under the preceding
paragraph with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee within five business days following the consummation
of such Permitted Debt Exchange. 
 (c) The Issuer shall provide to all Holders, within five business days following the
consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange, notice of the consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange (including a listing of the Subject Debt), together with either (i) a summary of the material differences (if any) between the terms of the
Permitted Debt Exchange Notes and the Notes (as well as a summary of any other material terms of the Permitted Debt Exchange, including a description of any other consideration offered and the exchange rate between the Subject Debt and the Permitted
Debt Exchange Notes) or (ii) a statement that an MFN Exchange Offer is required with respect to any such Permitted Debt Exchange. The requirement described in the preceding sentence shall be deemed fulfilled if the notice described in the
preceding sentence is filed or furnished in a current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC or is otherwise broadly disseminated in accordance with Regulation FD. Unless the Issuer determines in good faith that Regulation FD would not require the
public disclosure of the commencement of a Permitted Debt Exchange (assuming it applied to the Issuer) then the Issuer shall disclose the commencement of the Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Regulation FD (assuming it applied to the
Issuer) whether or not the Issuer is then subject to Regulation FD. 

  
 -99-

 (d) If required to make an MFN Exchange Offer, the Issuer will send notice of such MFN
Exchange Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Registrar, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance
with the procedures of DTC, with the following information: 
 (1) that an MFN Exchange Offer is being made
pursuant to this Section 4.21 and that all Notes properly tendered for exchange pursuant to such MFN Exchange Offer will be exchanged by the Issuer for an equal aggregate principal amount of the applicable Permitted Debt Exchange Notes
(together with any other consideration payable in such MFN Exchange Offer, as applicable); 
 (2) the exchange
date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “MFN Exchange Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered for exchange will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest in accordance with its terms; 

(4) that unless the Issuer fails to exchange the Notes for the applicable Permitted Debt Exchange Notes, all Notes
accepted for exchange pursuant to the MFN Exchange Offer will cease to accrue interest on the MFN Exchange Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes exchanged pursuant to an MFN Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect to Exchange” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Exchange Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the MFN Exchange Date or such other date as may be specified by the Exchange Agent; 
 (6)
that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to exchange such Notes, provided that the Exchange Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the
MFN Exchange Date a facsimile or electronic mail transmission (via pdf) or a letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered
Notes and its election to have such Notes exchanged; 
 (7) that the Holders whose Notes are being exchanged only
in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unexchanged portion of the Notes surrendered and that the unexchanged and exchanged portions of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in
principal amount; 
 (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the consummation of a Permitted Debt Exchange, stating
that the MFN Exchange Offer is conditional on the consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange; 

  
 -100-

 (9) such other instructions, as determined by the Issuer and consistent with
the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and 
 (10) a brief description of the terms of the
MFN Exchange Offer and a brief comparison of the material terms of the Notes and the MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes. 
 The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in
connection with such MFN Exchange Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not
be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (e) On each MFN
Exchange Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law, 
 (1) accept for exchange all Notes or portions
thereof properly tendered pursuant to the MFN Exchange Offer, 
 (2) issue an amount of applicable Permitted Debt
Exchange Notes equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered for exchange, and 
 (3) deliver, or
cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Exchange Agent) the Notes so accepted for exchange together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered
to and exchanged by the Issuer. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an MFN Exchange Offer may be made in
advance of the consummation of a Permitted Debt Exchange, conditional upon the consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange. 

(g) The Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in any Permitted Debt Exchange shall be subject to a registration rights agreement that is
similar to the registration rights agreement applicable to the Notes, which registration rights agreement shall provide for a registered A/B exchange offer (the “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes A/B Exchange Offer”). Any Permitted Debt
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to a corresponding MFN Exchange Offer (“MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”) shall also be subject to such registration rights agreement, and such MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes shall be subject to
such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes A/B Exchange Offer. The Issuer shall not be required to comply with the covenant contained in this paragraph, to the extent such compliance would not be permitted by the applicable securities laws or regulations
(including interpretations relating thereto) then in effect. 
 (h) The Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
cause such MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes to trade fungibly under the same CUSIP number with the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes
issued in any Permitted Debt Exchange shall be subject to transfer restrictions such that they will not be freely transferable by the applicable Holder until the earlier of (a) the date of the completion of the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes A/B
Exchange Offer with respect to such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (so long as the corresponding MFN Exchange Offer has been completed as contemplated in the immediately preceding paragraph) and (b) the date on which the MFN Permitted Debt
Exchange Notes with respect to such Permitted Debt Exchange (assuming they have been issued to and held by a non-affiliate of the Issuer) would be freely transferable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 

  
 -101-

 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All
Assets. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the
surviving corporation), nor shall the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related
transactions, to (X) any Person (other than Holdings) unless: 
 (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation
or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where
the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 
 (2) the Successor
Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as
if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
 (A) the Successor
Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or 

(B) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less
than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such consolidation or merger; 
 (5) each Restricted
Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(B) of Section 5.01(c) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee and security interest under
the Security Documents shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantee, the Notes and the Security Documents; and 

  
 -102-

 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 

(Y) Holdings. 
 (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of
Section 5.01(a) hereof, 
 (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or
transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; and 
 (y) the Issuer
may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer (other than Holdings) solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (c) Subject to Section 10.06, no Restricted Guarantor
shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) (A) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any
state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being referred to in this Section 5.01(c) and Section 5.01(d) as the “Successor Person”);

 (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of
such Restricted Guarantor under this Indenture, such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee and such Restricted Guarantor’s obligations related to the Security Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or
instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (C) immediately after such transaction, no
Default exists; and 
 (D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.10(a) hereof. 
 (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under this Indenture, such Restricted
Guarantor’s Guarantee and such Restricted Guarantor’s obligations under the Security Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or

  
 -103-

 
wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and
liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as
the survivor thereof is a Restricted Guarantor). 
 (e) Subject to Section 10.06, Holdings shall not consolidate or merge
with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to
(X) any Person unless: 
 (1) (A) Holdings is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings, as
the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (Holdings or such Person, as the case may be, being referred to in this Section 5.01(e) and Section 5.01(f) as the
“Successor Person”) 
 (B) the Successor Person, if other than Holdings, expressly assumes all
the obligations of Holdings under this Indenture, Holdings’ related Guarantee and Holding’s obligations related to the Security Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and 

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.10(a) hereof; or 
 (Y) the Issuer or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 (f) In the
case of clause (1) of Section 4.10(e), the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings under this Indenture, Holdings’ Guarantee and Holdings’ obligations under the Security Documents. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01
hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that
from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise
every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer 

  
 -104-

 
herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of
a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 (a) An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be
effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if
any, on the Notes; 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect
to the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice
given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses
(1), (2) and (9) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the
issuance of the Notes, if both: 
 (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and 

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in
default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding; 

  
 -105-

 (5) failure by the Issuer or any other Significant Party to pay final
non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $100,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgments are covered by
insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgments or decrees which is not promptly stayed; 
 (6) the Issuer or any other Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or
answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 
 (iii) consents to the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
 (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 
 (7) a
court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief
against the Issuer or any Significant Party in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any
Significant Party; or 
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; 

(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null
and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the
termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (9) the
security interest in the Collateral created under any Security Document shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect and constitute a valid and perfected Lien with the priority required by this Indenture for any reason other than the
satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture and discharge of this Indenture or in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or the Security Documents or any security interest created under any Security Document shall
be invalid or unenforceable, in each case, on any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, or the Issuer or any Guarantor required to grant a security interest in Collateral shall assert, in any pleading in any court of
competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and in each case such failure or such assertion shall have continued uncured or unrescinded for a period of 30 days; or 

  
 -106-

 (10) failure of any Person required by the terms of this Indenture to be a
Guarantor as of the Issue Date to execute a supplemental indenture to this Indenture within five Business Days following the Issue Date. 
 (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other
than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose: 

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or 

(2) Holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such
Event of Default; or 
 (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 

Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best
judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice. 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance
of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past
Defaults. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee
may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a
non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with 

  
 -107-

 
respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to
exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

If a Default is deemed to occur solely as a consequence of the existence of another Default (the “Initial Default”),
then, at the time such Initial Default is cured, the Default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the
remedy; 
 (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability, claim or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee
does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holder). 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or
after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

  
 -108-

 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal
and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined
adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and
thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 
 Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to
the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 
 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such
Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as
the case may be. 
 Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any
other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and
distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall
consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, 

  
 -109-

 
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the
same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of
reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.13 Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant
to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 (i) to the Trustee and the Agents and
their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and any Agent and the costs and expenses of
collection; 
 (ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 (iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor,
if applicable. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this
Section 6.13. 
 Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

  
 -110-

 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee
indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability, claim or expense. 
 (b) Except during the
continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express
provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any
provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate
the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from
liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d)
Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to
the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree
in writing with the Issuer. 

  
 -111-

 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine
to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of
any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer. 

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any
liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it
against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any
Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or
liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each Agent, custodian and any other Person employed to act hereunder. 

  
 -112-

 (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer shall provide
written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The
Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (l) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this
Indenture. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights
and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it
shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of
any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of
the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is
in their interest. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

Within 60 days after each February 1, beginning with the February 1 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as
Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all
reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 

  
 -113-

 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to
the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange or delisted therefrom. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and any Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and each Agent
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the
Trustee’s or each such Agent’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall
indemnify each of the Trustee and each Agent for, and hold each of the Trustee and each Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with
the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending
itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and each Agent shall notify
the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or applicable
Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or any Agent through such
Person’s own willful misconduct or negligence. 
 The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable. 
 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, each of the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by such Person, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of
Section 6.01(a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

  
 -114-

 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or any successor Agent shall become effective
only upon the acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 by such successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. The Trustee or any Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by
so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee or such Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or any
Agent if: 
 (a) in the case of the Trustee, such Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 (b) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered
with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or such Agent or such Person’s property; or 
 (d) the Trustee or such Agent becomes incapable of
acting. 
 If the Trustee or any Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or any Agent for
any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, to replace such successor Trustee or successor Agent appointed by the Issuer. 
 If a successor Trustee or successor Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent (at the Issuer’s
expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Agent. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee or successor Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring
Trustee or Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the applicable Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or successor Agent shall mail a
notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee
or Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07
hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent. 

  
 -115-

 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust or
relevant agent business, as applicable, to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times
be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision
or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).
The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.

 The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust
Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein 
 Section 7.12 Appointment of Collateral Agent. 
 (a) Each Holder
(i) appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as the Collateral Agent for purposes of the Security Documents, and (ii) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent for and on its behalf to exercise the rights, powers and
discretions which are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents, together with all rights, powers and discretions that are incidental thereto and to give a good discharge for any moneys payable under the Security Documents.

 (b) The Collateral Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not have, nor be deemed to have, assumed any obligations to, or trust
or fiduciary relationship with, any party to this Indenture other than those for which specific provision is made by the Security Documents. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

  
 -116-

 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the
Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth
below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be
deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this
Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following
provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders
of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture as referenced in Section 8.04 hereof; 

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and 

(d) this Section 8.02. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a “Defeased Covenant, and collectively, the “Defeased Covenants”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09,
4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the
consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting
purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any Defeased Covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply
shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under 

  
 -117-

 
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to
any Significant Party), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to any Significant Party) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes: 
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case
may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (a) the Issuer has
received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (b)
since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a
result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be
subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the
granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 

  
 -118-

 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer
or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other
Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (6) the Issuer shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and 

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion
of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or
other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance
with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due
and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the
request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and
remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust;
and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease. 

  
 -119-

 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the
Security Documents shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantors may amend or supplement any Guarantee
issued under this Indenture, and the Issuer, the other Pledgors and the Collateral Agent may amend the Security Documents or the Collateral Sharing Agreement, in each case, without the consent of any Holder: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency that does not materially adversely affect the
interests of the Holders; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes; 
 (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof; 

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction
that complies with this Indenture; 
 (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act; 
 (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a
successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof; 

  
 -120-

 (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture or to add to, or remove a
limitation on, the Collateral; 
 (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes to
any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this
Indenture, Guarantee or Notes, as provided in an Officer’s Certificate; 
 (11) to provide for the issuance
of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; 
 (12) to release the security interests on the Excluded Stock Collateral of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent necessary, but only to the extent necessary, for such Restricted Subsidiary to not be
subject to such requirement to provide separate financial statements; 
 (13) to provide for Permitted Liens;

 (14) (a) (i) to make any amendment to the provisions of any Security Document or the Collateral Sharing
Agreement as provided by the terms any Security Document or the Collateral Sharing Agreement, as applicable, or (b) to make any other change to any Security Document that does not adversely affect the holders of the Notes in any material
respect; or 
 (15) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and
legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being
transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or
supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture
upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate. 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Notes, the Collateral Sharing Agreement and the Security Documents
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or
tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes issued 

  
 -121-

 
thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its
Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Sections 2.08 and 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this
Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or
any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. 
 Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder: 

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the
provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of
all affected Holders; 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein; 

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to
receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (7) make any change to this
paragraph of this Section 9.02; 

  
 -122-

 (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or
interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(9) (a) make any change to the ranking of the Notes or (b) make any change to any provisions in the Security
Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or this Indenture dealing with the application of proceeds of Collateral, in each case that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes; 

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse
to the Holders of the Notes; or 
 (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder,
amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with
respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the
Holders of the Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary no amendment or supplement to this Indenture
or the Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of any Agent may be made without the consent of such Agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement shall constitute such
consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such Agent). 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with
the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of
a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of
a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its
terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and
only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or
effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 

  
 -123-

 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee and Agents may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.
The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee and Agents shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee or Agents. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee and Agents shall be provided with and (subject
to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in
accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment
or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture. 
 Section 9.07 Payment for Consent. 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration,
whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to
all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01
Guarantee. 
 Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or

  
 -124-

 
performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall
be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever
reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of this Indenture or the Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the Notes). Each
Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands
whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or
any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or
otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee,
to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not
be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the
rights of the Holders under the Guarantees. 
 Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective
should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part
of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced
in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.
In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced,
restored or returned. 

  
 -125-

 In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Each
payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and
by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the
obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to
any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a
contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment (such net assets determined
in accordance with GAAP). 
 Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery. 

(a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental
indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents. 

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 (c) If an officer of a
Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.

 (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 (e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer
shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 

  
 -126-

 Section 10.04 Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor
pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of
subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged. 
 Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its
Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees. 

(a) Except as provided below, a Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged,
and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon: 
 (1)(A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer) after which the applicable Restricted
Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof; provided,
however, that, in each case, if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of any First Priority Lien Obligation and continues after such sale, exchange or transfer to be a guarantor of any First Priority Lien
Obligation, no such release shall occur; 
 (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted
Guarantor of the General Credit Facilities or the guarantee of any other Indebtedness which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release (i) by or as a result of payment under such other guarantee or (ii) in
connection with a replacement, refunding or refinancing of the General Credit Facilities or such other Indebtedness if Indebtedness or other obligations under such replacement, refunding or refinancing will be guaranteed by such Restricted
Guarantor; provided, however, that if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor and continues after such designation to be a guarantor of any such
Indebtedness, no such release shall occur; 
 (C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Restricted Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.07 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided, however, that if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a
guarantor of any First Priority Lien Obligation and continues after such designation to be a guarantor of any First Priority Lien Obligation, no such release shall occur; 

(D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8
hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 12 hereof; or 

  
 -127-

 (E) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of any other transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided, however, that if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of any First Priority Lien Obligation and continues after such
cessation to be a guarantor of any First Priority Lien Obligation, no such release shall occur; and 
 (2) such
Restricted Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

(b) The Guarantee by Holdings shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (1) any sale, exchange or
transfer (by merger or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that if
Holdings immediately prior thereto was a guarantor of other Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Guarantor and continues after such sale, exchange or transfer to be a guarantor of such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Guarantor, no such
release shall occur, (2) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option pursuant to Article 8 or (3) the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in a manner in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (a) or (b) of this
Section 10.06, if a Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09, then its Guarantee shall only be released and
discharged if its obligations under such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, so incurred in reliance on its status as a Guarantor are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted under the covenant
described under Section 4.09 (other than Section 4.09(b)(13)). 
 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all the Notes and the Security Documents and pledges thereunder will be released, when either: 

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within
one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent in
the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars,
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in 

  
 -128-

 
such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be; 
 (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of
Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound
(other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the
Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to
subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions
of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by the Paying Agent, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Paying Agent; but such money need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government
Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of
principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -129-

 ARTICLE 12 
 SECURITY DOCUMENTS 
 Section 12.01 Collateral and Security Documents. 

(a) On and after the Issue Date, all the Secured Obligations shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents, which define the
terms of the Liens that secure the Secured Obligations. 
 (b) The Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Issuer hereby
acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Liens created under the Security Documents as agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents. 

(c) Each Holder, by accepting Notes, consents and agrees to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, the other Security Documents
(including the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Collateral Sharing Agreement, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and authorizes
and directs the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and the Collateral Sharing Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. Holdings and the Issuer shall
deliver to the Trustee (if it is not itself then the Collateral Agent), promptly upon request, copies of all documents constituting the Security Documents or delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and will do or cause
to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the security interest in and a lien on the collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof,
as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings and
the Issuer shall take, and shall cause Restricted Guarantors (or other Restricted Subsidiaries as contemplated by Section 4.12(b)) to take, any and all actions required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the
Secured Obligations, a valid and enforceable perfected security interest in and Lien on all of their respective title, rights and interest in, to and under assets that are of the type and kind constituting Collateral (including any After-Pledged
Property or Springing Lien Collateral required to become Collateral pursuant to Section 4.18) (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. 

Section 12.02 Releases of Collateral. 
 (a) Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 12.02, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements or as provided hereby. The Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the
same shall automatically be released from such Liens, and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall deliver such evidence of release as the Issuer or a Guarantor at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following
circumstances: 
 (i) to enable the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to consummate the disposition of property or
assets to the extent not prohibited and otherwise in accordance with Section 4.10; provided, however, that if such property or assets, immediately prior thereto, were subject to any Lien securing any First Priority Lien Obligation
and such property or assets continue after such disposition to be subject to a Lien securing any First Priority Lien Obligation, no such release shall occur with respect to such property or assets; 

  
 -130-

 (ii) in respect of the property and assets of a Restricted Guarantor, upon
the designation of such Restricted Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.07 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided, however, that if any property or assets of such
Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was subject to any Lien securing any First Priority Lien Obligation and such property or assets continue after such designation to be subject to a Lien securing any First Priority Lien Obligation, no
such release shall occur; 
 (iii) in the case of the property and assets of a Restricted Guarantor, upon the
release of such Restricted Guarantor from its Guarantee of the Notes; 
 (iv) pursuant to an amendment or waiver
in accordance with Article IX of this Indenture; or 
 (v) as otherwise required by any Intercreditor Agreement.

 The Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction
or release prepared by the Issuer of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements. Any execution, delivery or acknowledgement pursuant to this Section 12.02 shall be
without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent. 
 (b) At any time when a Default has occurred and is continuing and
the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then the Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreements. 
 Section 12.03 Permitted Releases Not to Impair Lien. 
 The release of
any Collateral from the terms hereof and of the Security Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions
hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to the applicable Security Documents or the terms of this Article 12. The Trustee and each of the Holders acknowledge that a release of Collateral or a Lien strictly in
accordance with the terms of the Security Documents (including the Intercreditor Agreements) and of this Article 12 will not be deemed for any purpose to be in contravention of the terms of this Indenture. Any Person that is required to deliver an
Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. 

Section 12.04 Suits to Protect the Collateral. 
 Subject to the provisions of Article 7 hereof and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the
Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 

  
 -131-

 (a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and 

(b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Secured Obligations. 

Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents (including the Intercreditor Agreements), the Collateral Agent shall have power to
institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and
proceedings as the Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the
enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the
Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee). 
 Section 12.05 Authorization of
Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents. 
 Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements,
proceeds in respect of Collateral received by the Collateral Agent shall be passed on to the Trustee. The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds from the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents,
and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 12.06 Purchaser
Protected. 
 In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to
ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any
consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 12 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuer
or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer. 
 Section 12.07 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.

 In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this
Article 12 upon the Issuer or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of
any similar instrument of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such
powers may be exercised by the Trustee. 
 Section 12.08 Release Upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations. 

In the event that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officers’ Certificate certifying
that all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been duly defeased or satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of Article 8 and Section 7.07 or by the payment in full of the
Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, this 

  
 -132-

 
Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such obligations have been so satisfied, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on
behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8), and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the
Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably
practicable. 
 Section 12.09 Collateral Agent. 
 (a) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly
provided herein or in the Security Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the
Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.
The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any
act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 
 (b) At the request of
the Issuer, in connection with the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness (including First Priority Lien Obligations) or
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Issuer, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall enter into, with the holder of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized Representatives) an
intercreditor agreement (“Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) with respect to Liens with junior priority to the Liens securing the Notes so long as the terms of such intercreditor agreements are no less favorable to the Holders of
the Notes than such terms are to the lenders under the General Credit Facilities; provided that such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any responsibility for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien, Collateral or
Security Document or other security interest and shall have no obligation to take any action to procure or maintain such validity, perfection, priority or enforceability, all such responsibilities and obligations being responsibilities and
obligations of Holdings, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth in Section 12.01 or elsewhere in this Indenture. 

Section 12.10 Filing, Recording and Opinions. 
 The Issuer shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. Following such
qualification, to the extent the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Issuer shall furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to
each September 30. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 

  
 -133-

 
herein, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to comply with all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) if they determine, in good faith, that under the terms
of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission or its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders whether issued to the Issuer or any other Person, all or any portion of
Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral. The Issuer’s right to rely on the above will be conditioned upon the Issuer’s delivering an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee within 30
calendar days following the end of each six-month period beginning on June 15 and December 15 of each year, to the effect that all such releases and withdrawals during the preceding six-month period were in the ordinary course of the
Issuer’s or the Guarantors’ business. 
 ARTICLE 13 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 

Section 13.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Agents or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or
certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor: 
 Clear Channel Communications, Inc.

 200 East Basse Road 
 San Antonio, TX 78209 
 Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and
Treasurer 
 Telephone: (210) 832-3311 
 Facsimile: (210) 832-3432 
 with a copy to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 300 North LaSalle 
 Chicago, Illinois 60654 

Attention: James S. Rowe 
 Christopher P. Bennett 
 Telephone: (312) 862-2000 

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200 
 If to the Trustee or the initial Paying Agent and Registrar: 
 U.S. Bank National
Association 
 Global Corporate Trust Services 
 14241 Dallas Parkway 

  
 -134-

 Suite 490 
 Dallas, TX 75254 
 Attention: Brad Hounsel 

If to the Collateral Agent: 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 60 Wall Street, 27th Floor 

MS: NYC60-2710 

New York, NY 10005 
 Attention.: Trust & Securities Services 
 Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 with a copy to: 
 Deutsche Bank National Trust Company 
 100 Plaza One, 6th Floor 

MS JCY03-0699, 

Jersey City, NJ 07311-3901 
 Attention: Trust & Securities Services 
 Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses
for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed
to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day
after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided
that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee or any Agent shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent
required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at
the same time. 
 So long as the Notes are in book-entry form, all notices to the Holders from the Issuer and the Trustee shall
be sent in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. 

  
 -135-

 Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 
 Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer
or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust
Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary
to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
 Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

  
 -136-

 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any
Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 13.08 Governing Law. 
 THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE SECURITY
DOCUMENTS AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OR, TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED, THE LAW OF THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE COLLATERAL IS LOCATED), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS
PRINCIPALS THEREOF. 
 Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 13.10 Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under
this Indenture or any of the Security Documents arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services. 
 Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This
Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 Section 13.12 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this
Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof. 

  
 -137-

 Section 13.13 Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 13.14 Counterpart
Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages thereto by facsimile or
electronic mail transmission (via pdf) shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by
facsimile or electronic mail transmission (via pdf) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 13.15
Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs
and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and
printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any
such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 Section 13.17 U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial
institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the
Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, whether in connection with this Indenture or any
of the Security Documents. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 -138-

 
			
	 CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
 as Issuer

		
	By:	 	/s/ Brian Coleman
		 	Name: Brian Coleman
		 	Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 GUARANTORS: 
  

			
	CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Brian Coleman
	Name:	 	Brian Coleman
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President/Treasurer
	
	 AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
 AMFM BROADCASTING LICENSES, LLC
 AMFM OPERATING INC.

AMFM RADIO LICENSES, LLC
 AMFM TEXAS,
LLC
 AMFM TEXAS LICENSES, LLC
 CAPSTAR
RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
 CAPSTAR TX, LLC

CC BROADCAST HOLDINGS, INC.
 CC FINCO HOLDINGS,
LLC
 CC LICENSES, LLC
 CHRISTAL RADIO
SALES, INC.
 CINE GUARANTORS II, INC.

CITICASTERS CO.
 CITICASTERS LICENSES,
INC.
 CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC.

CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING LICENSES, INC.
 CLEAR CHANNEL HOLDINGS, INC.
 CLEAR CHANNEL IDENTITY, INC.

CLEAR CHANNEL INVESTMENTS, INC.

CLEAR CHANNEL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
 CLEAR CHANNEL MEXICO HOLDINGS, INC.
 CLEAR CHANNEL REAL ESTATE, LLC

CLEAR CHANNEL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.
 CRITICAL
MASS MEDIA, INC.
 KATZ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 KATZ MEDIA GROUP, INC.
 KATZ MILLENNIUM SALES & MARKETING INC.

KATZ NET RADIO SALES, INC.
 M STREET
CORPORATION
 PREMIERE RADIO NETWORKS, INC.
 TERRESTRIAL RF LICENSING, INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Brian Coleman
	Name:	 	Brian Coleman
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President/Treasurer

 Signature Page to Indenture 

			
	AMFM TEXAS BROADCASTING, LP
		
	By:	 	AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
	Its:	 	General Partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ Brian Coleman
	Name:	 	Brian Coleman
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 
			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
       as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

		
	By:	 	/s/ Brad Hounsel
		 	Name: Brad Hounsel
		 	Title: Vice President

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 
			
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
       as Collateral Agent

		
	 	 	BY: DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY
		
	By:	 	/s/ Wanda Camacho
		 	Name: Wanda Camacho
		 	Title: Vice President
		
	By:	 	/s/ Annie Jaghatspanyan
		 	Name: Annie Jaghatspanyan
		 	Title: Vice President

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Face of Note] 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend or the Regulation S Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions
of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Definitive Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Insert the OID Legend] 

  
 A1-1

 CUSIP [            ] 

ISIN [            ]1 

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI] [GLOBAL NOTE] 
 representing up to 
 $1,999,815,000 

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 
  

			
	No.             	  	[$                           
         ]

 CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 

as the Issuer 
 promises to pay
to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of
                     United States Dollars] on December 15, 2019. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 
 Record Dates: June 1 and
December 1 
  
  

	1 	 Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 184502 BJ0 

 Rule 144A Note ISIN: US184502BJ03 
 Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18285 AH6 

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18285AH69 
 IAI Note CUSIP: 184502 BK7 
 IAI Note ISIN: US184502BK75 

Exchange Note CUSIP: 184502 BL5 
 Exchange Note ISIN: US184502BL58 

  
 A1-2

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A1-3

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

Dated:
                                     

 

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A1-4

 [Back of Note] 
 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST.
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.0% per annum from October 25, 20122 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance[;
provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 20133]. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any
applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of the Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or
December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment
by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer
instructions [to an account in the United States] to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer
Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 25, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among
the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent and the Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019.
The Issuer shall be 
  
  

	2 	 With respect to the Initial Notes 

  

	3 	 With respect to the Initial Notes 

  
 A1-5

 
entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To
the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) Except as described below under Sections 5(b) and
5(c) below, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before July 15, 2015. 
 (b) At any time prior to
July 15, 2015, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (c) Until July 15, 2015, the Issuer may, at
its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash
proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 40.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the
Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such
redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may,
at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (d) On and after July 15, 2015, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in
Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below: 

  
 A1-6

					
	 Year
	  	Senior
Cash Pay
Notes Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	104.500	% 
	 2016
	  	 	103.000	% 
	 2017
	  	 	101.500	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Any redemption of Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

(a) On the first Interest Payment Date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.1273-2 of the Notes, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of the then outstanding Notes in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such Interest Payment Date
with respect to the Notes. The “AHYDO Catch-Up Payment” for a particular Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such Interest Payment Date,
the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to the Notes before the close of such Interest Payment Date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in
Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on the Notes (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such Interest Payment Date plus (ii) the product of the
issue price of the Notes as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that the Notes are not treated as having “significant original
issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided, however, for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of the Notes is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, which
is currently 5.93%, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes. It is intended that no Note will be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “AHYDO”) within
the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, and this provision will be interpreted consistently with such intent. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment will be made by the Issuer in its
good faith reasonable discretion and will be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error. 
 (b) The AHYDO Catch-Up Payment
shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. The Issuer shall not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the
redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

  
 A1-7

 8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a
price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on
the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture. 

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within ten Business Days of each date that Excess
Proceeds exceed $100,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any other First Priority Lien Obligations, to the holder of such First Priority Lien Obligations (an “Asset Sale
Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such First Priority Lien Obligations that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 thereof (in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
First Priority Lien Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants
contained in the Indenture and the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the First Priority Lien Obligations surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds
the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Registrar or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such First Priority Lien Obligations shall select such other First Priority Lien Obligations to be
purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such First Priority Lien Obligations tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale
Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to repurchase shall receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 9. OFFERS TO
EXCHANGE. Under certain circumstances following the consummation of a Permitted Debt Exchange, the Issuer may be required to make an offer to exchange all of the Notes for Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (plus any consideration offered to the holders
of Subject Debt in such Permitted Debt Exchange), at the same exchange rate as that offered to holders of the Subject Debt (an “MFN Exchange Offer”). The MFN Exchange Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.21 of the
Indenture. 
 10. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note

  
 A1-8

 
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any Notes during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes under Section 3.02 of the Indenture and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (y) the mailing of any notice
of redemption of any Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. 
 11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 

13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect
thereto. 
 14. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL
NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Special
Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). 
 16. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN
AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPALS THEREOF. 

  
 A1-9

 17. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following
address: 
 Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 
 200 East Basse Road 
 San Antonio, TX 78209 

Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer 

  
 A1-10

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

	
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this
Note to:                                       
                                         
                                         
                 
	                (Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	 
	
	 
	
	 
	
	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	
	and irrevocably
appoint                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
       
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                      

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature
Guarantee*:                                       
                    
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A1-11

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  ̈
Section 4.10              ̈ Section 4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$                      
   

Date:                        
                           

 

			
	Your Signature:                        
                                         
           
		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

	
	Tax Identification No.:                      
                                         
   

 Signature
Guarantee*:                                       
        
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A1-12

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is
$            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive
Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	  	 Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount
	  	 Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Principal Amount
of

this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
	  	 Signature
of
authorized
signatory
of Trustee or
Note Custodian

  

 

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A1-13

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 

200 East Basse Road 
 San Antonio, TX 78209

 Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107 
 Attention: Clear
Channel Administrator 
 Re: 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 25, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the
Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

            (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer
the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $            in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
            (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole
investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest of Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and
(x) at the time the buy order was originated, the 

  
 B-1

 
Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,
(ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon
consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Regulation S Legend printed on the
Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is
being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 

(a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not
engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes
and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or
the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act 

  
 B-2

 4.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY
OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. 
 (a)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated
in the Restricted Note Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

(b)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and
(ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Note Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in
the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted
Note Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 B-3

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:              

  
 B-4

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	 	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	 	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	[ ] a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 

200 East Basse Road 
 San Antonio, TX 78209

 Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107 
 Attention: Clear
Channel Administrator 
 Re: 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 25, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent, the Registrar and the Paying Agent and
the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

            (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $            in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the
Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED
GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE 
 (a)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(b)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO
UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive

  
 C-1

 
Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and
(iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 (d)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Note Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES 
 (a)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Note Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and
the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in 

  
 C-2

 
the [CHECK ONE] [            ] 144A Global Note [            ] Regulation S
Global Note [            ] IAI Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Restricted Note Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This
certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated             . 

 

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:              

  
 C-3

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 
 200 East
Basse Road 
 San Antonio, TX 78209 

Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107 
 Attention: Clear
Channel Administrator 
 Re: 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 25, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Clear Channel
Communications, Inc., as issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$            aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
 (b)
 ̈ a Definitive Note, 
 we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set
forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as
hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional
buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuer a signed
letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with
Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any
Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are
restricted as stated herein. 

  
 D-1

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein,
we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each
of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:             

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , among             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications,
Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Issuer”), U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent. 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of October 25, 2012, providing for the
issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the
“Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to
execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 (2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 (3) No
Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture, any Security Document or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

(4) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF. 

  
 E-1

 (5) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 (6) Effect of
Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 (7) The
Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely
by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. 
 (8) Subrogation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of
Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes
shall have been paid in full. 
 (9) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that
the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 (10)
Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. 

  
 E-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
	as Collateral Agent
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 E-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00209-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00209-of-00352.parquet"}]]